推荐第1篇：小学英语句型学习教案
英语教案
小学英语句型学习教案
一、一般疑问句：
1、Did you read books? 你读书了吗？Yes, I did.是的，我读过了。No, I didn’t.不，我没有读过。
2、Is she quiet? 她文静吗？No, she isn’t.She’s very active.不，她不。她很活跃。
Is she strict? 她严格吗？Yes, she is, but she’s very kind.是的，她是，但是她很和蔼。
3、Is this a teacher’s desk? 这是一张讲台桌吗？Is it cold? 冷吗？Is her birthday in June? 她的生日在六月吗？Is this your T-shirt? 这是你的T恤衫吗？Yes, it is.是的。
No, it isn’t./ No, it’s not.不，不是的。
4、Can you make the bed? 你会铺床吗？Can you use a computer? 你会使用电脑吗？
Yes, I can.是的，我会。 No, I can’t.不，我不会。
5、Are they ducks? 它们是鸭子吗？ Are they eating the honey? 它们吃蜂蜜吗？
Yes, they are.是的，它们是。 No, they aren’t.不，它们不是。
6、Is there a forest in the park? 公园里有一个森林吗？ Is there a river? 那里有条河吗？
Yes, there is.是的，那里有。 No, there aren’t.不，那里没有。
7、Are there any pandas in the mountains? 山里有一些熊猫吗？Are there any fish in the rivers? 河里有一些鱼吗？Yes, there are.是的，那里有。 No, there aren’t.不，那里没有。
8、Are you eating lunch? 你（们）正在吃午餐吗？ Yes, I am./ Yes, we are.是的，我正在吃。/ 是的，我们正在吃。No, I am not./ No, we aren’t.不，我没有在吃。/ 不，我们没有在吃。
9、Is he playing che? 他正在下棋吗？ Yes, he is.是的，他是。 No, he isn’t.不，他没有。
10、Is she counting insects?她正在数昆虫吗？Yes, she is.是的，她是。No, she isn’t.不，她没有。
11、Does she/he teach English? 她（他）教英语吗？ Yes, she/he does.是的，她（他）是。
No, she/he doesn’t.不，她（他）不是。 谈论价格：
英语教案
How much is it? 这个多少钱？ It’s ten yuan.十元。 How much are they? 它们多少钱？
They’re three yuan.它们三元。
谈论数量：
How many horses are there? Twelve.那有多少匹马？ 十二匹。
谈论人物：
Who’s your English teacher? 你的英语老师是谁？ Mr Carter.卡特先生。
What’s he like? 他长什么样？ He’s tall and strong.他又高又强壮。How old are you? 你几岁？
谈论喜好：
What’s your favourite fruit? 你最喜欢的水果是什么？ I like apples.They’re sweet.我喜欢苹果。它们很甜。 I like fruit.But I don’t like grapes.They’re sour.我喜欢水果。但我不喜欢葡萄。它们很酸。 Which season do you like best? 你最喜欢哪个季节？ I like winter best.我最喜欢冬天。 Summer is good, but fall is my favourite season.夏天很好，但秋天是我最喜欢的季节。 Why do you like summer? 你为什么喜欢夏天？ Because I can swim in the lake.因为我可以在湖里游泳。 Why do you like winter? 你为什么喜欢冬天？ Because I can sleep a long time.因为我可以睡很长的时间。 What’s your hobby? 你的爱好是什么？
I like collecting stamps.我喜欢收集邮票。 He likes collecting stamps, too.他也喜欢收集邮票。 谈论时间：
What time is it? 几点钟？It’s two o’clock.两点钟。It’s 9:45.It’s time for math cla.九点四十五。是上数学课的时间了。What day is it today? 今天星期几？It’s Wednesday.星期三。
When do you eat dinner? 你几点吃晚餐？I eat dinner at 7:00 in the evening.我晚上7点钟吃晚餐。When do you get up? 你几点起床？I usually get up at 12:00 noon.我一般中午12点钟起床。 When is your birthday? 你的生日是什么时候？It’s in May.在五月。 My birthday is in June.我的生日在六月。 Uncle Bill’s birthday is in June, too.比尔叔叔的生日也在六月。 What’s the date? June 9th.几月几日？ 六月九日。
谈论颜色：
What colour is it? 什么颜色？ It’s white.白色。
谈论地点：
Where are you going this afternoon? 下午你打算去哪？ I’m going to the bookstore.我打算去书店。 Where did you go on your holiday? 假期你去了哪？ I went to Xinjiang.我去了新疆。
英语教案
Where does she work? 她在哪工作？ She works in a hospital.她在医院工作。
Where does the rain come from? 雨从哪来？ It comes from the clouds.它从云里来。
Where is the cinema, please? 请问电影院在哪？ It’s next to the hospital.在医院旁边。
Turn left at the cinema, then go straight.It’s on the left.在电影那左转，然后直走。它在你的左边。
There are two bedrooms, a kitchen, a bathroom and a living room.那有两个卧室，一个厨房，一个卫生间和一个客厅。 There is a mirror, a bed and a big closet.那有一面镜子，一张床和一个大衣柜。 The closet is near the table.衣柜在桌子的附近。 Many clothes are in the closet.很多的衣服在衣柜里。 The trash bin is behind the door.垃圾桶在门后。
谈论事情：
This is my computer.这是我的电脑。 That is your computer.那是你的电脑。 Let’s play football.让我们踢足球吧。 This is Zhang Peng.这是张鹏。 What did you do last weekend? 你上个周末做了什么？
I played football.我踢了足球。 What are you going to buy? 你打算去买什么？
I am going to buy a comic book.我打算去买一本漫画书。 What are you going to do on the weekend? 周末你打算去做什么？ I’m going to visit my grandparents this weekend.
这个周末我打算去拜访我的祖父母。What are they doing? 他们在做什么？They’re swimming.他们在游泳。They are climbing trees.他们在爬树。 What is it doing? 它在做什么？It’s eating bananas.它正在吃香蕉What is she doing? 她在做什么？She’s jumping.她在跳。What are you doing? 你正在做什么？ I’m doing the dishes.我正在洗碗。 I’m reading a book.我正在读书。 Grandpa is writing a letter.爷爷正在写信。 Brother is doing homework.兄弟正在做作业。Mom is cooking dinner in the kitchen.妈妈正厨房里烧饭。 He’s writing an e-mail in the study.他正在书房里写一封电子邮件。 What do you do on the weekend? 你周末做什么？Usually I watch TV and go shopping.一般我看电视和去购物。 Sometimes I visit my grandparents.有时候我去拜访我的祖父母。I often play football.我经常去踢足球。Sometimes I go hiking.有时候我去远足。
What do you have on Thursdays? 星期四你们有什么课？ We have English, math and science on Thursdays.星期四我们有英语，数学和科学课。What do you do on Saturdays? 星期六你做什么？I watch TV on Saturdays.星期六我看电视。 What about you? 你呢？I do my homework, too.我也做我的家庭作业。What do you have for lunch on Mondays? 星期一你中餐吃什么？We have tomatoes, tofu and fish.我们吃西红柿，豆腐和鱼。 What can you do? 你能做什么？I can sweep the floor.我会扫地。 I can cook the meals.我会做饭。 I can water the flowers.我会浇花。
谈论方式：
英语教案
How do you go to school, Sarah? 萨拉，你怎么去学校？ Usually I go to school on foot.一般我走路去学校。 Sometimes I go by bike.有时候我骑自行车。 How can I get to Zhongshan Park? 我怎么去中山公园？ You can go by the No.15 bus.你可以坐15路公共汽车。 How did you go there? 你怎么去那？ I went by train.我坐火车去。 How do you do that? First, I ….Then I ….
你怎么做那件事？ 首先，我。。。然后我。。。 What should you do then? 然后你怎么做？
How does she go to work? 她怎么去工作？ She goes to work by bus.她坐公共汽车去工作。
谈论心情，身体状况：
How are you, Liu Yun? 刘云，你怎么样？ You look so happy.你看起来很开心。
How are you, Sarah? 萨拉，你怎么样？ You look sad today.今天你看起来很伤心。
What’s the matter? 怎么了？ My throat is sore.My nose hurts.我的喉咙痛。我的鼻子痛。 谈论体重、身高：
How heavy are you? 你多少重？ I’m 48 kg.我48公斤。 I’m thinner than you, and shorter.我比你瘦和矮。 How tall are you? 你多高？ I’m 164 cm tall.我164厘米高。 You’re shorter than me.你比我矮。 You’re 4 cm taller than me.你比我高四厘米。
谈论职业：
What does your mother do? 你妈妈做什么的？ She is a TV reporter.她是一个电视台记者。
谈论天气：
It’s warm today.今天很暖和。 It’s cool.今天很凉爽。
推荐第2篇：小学英语句型
I 询问姓名、年龄。
1.----What’s your name? ----你叫什么名字？ ----My name is ________.----我叫„„。 2.----How old are you? ----你几岁了？ ----I’m 12.----我十二岁。 II 询问颜色。
1.----What colour is it? ----它是什么颜色的？ ----It’s yellow and white.----黄白相间。
2.----What colour are they? ----它们是什么颜色的？ ----They’re green.----绿色的。 III 询问数量或价钱。
1.----How many kites can you see? ----你可以看见几只风筝？ -------I can see 12.----我可以看见十二只风筝。
2.----How many crayons do you have? ----你有多少支彩笔？ -------I have 16.----我有十六支。
3.-----How many people are there in your family? ----你家有几口人？ -------Three.----三口人。
4.-----How much is this dre? ----这条连衣裙多少钱？ -------It’s ninety-nine yuan.----九十九元。
5.-----How much are these apples? ----这些苹果多少钱？ -------They’re thirty-five yuan.----三十五元。 IV 询问时间或日期。
1.--What time is it now? ----现在几点钟？
-----It’s nine o’clock.It’s time for English cla.九点。该上英语课了。
-----It’s eight o’clock.It’s time to go to bed. 八点。该上床睡觉了。
2.--What day is it today? ----今天星期几？ ----It’s Monday.----星期一。
----What do we have on Mondays? ----我们星期一上哪些课？ ----We have Chinese, English, math „----语文、英语、数学„„ 3.----When is your birthday? ----你的生日是什么时候？ ------It’s October 1st, our National Day.---十月一日，国庆节。 4.----When do you do morning exercises? ---你们什么时候做早锻炼？
------I usually do morning exercises at 8:30.--我们通常8：30做早锻炼。 V 询问方位或地方。
1.----Where is my toy car? ----我的玩具汽车在哪儿？ -------It’s here, under the chair.----在这儿，在椅子下面。 2.----Where is the canteen? ----餐厅在哪儿？ ------It’s on the first floor ----在一楼。 3.---Where are the keys? ----钥匙在哪儿？ ------They’re in the door.----在门上。
4.--Excuse me.Where is the library, please? 对不起，请问图书馆在哪儿？
----It’s near the post office.----在邮局附近。 5.---Where are you from? ----你从哪儿来？ ------I’m from China.----我从中国来。
6.---Where does the rain come from? ----雨是从哪儿来的？ ------It comes from the clouds.----它是从云层里来的。 VI 询问想吃的东西。
1.----What would you like for breakfast / lunch / dinner ? 你早餐/中餐/晚餐想吃点什么？
------I’d like some bread and milk / rice and soup.我想吃面包和牛奶/米饭和汤。
2.----What’s for breakfast / lunch / dinner? ---早餐/中餐/晚餐吃什么？
------Hamburgers and orange juice.----汉堡包和橙汁。 VII 询问天气状况。
1.----What’s the weather like in Beijing? ----北京的天气如何？
------It’s rainy today.How about New York? 今天是雨天。纽约呢？
------It’s sunny and hot.----今天是晴天，天气很热。 VIII 询问身体状况或情绪。
1.----How do you feel? ----你感觉如何？ ----I feel sick.----我觉得不舒服。 2.----What’s the matter? ----怎么了？
----My throat is sore./ I have a sore throat.---我的喉咙疼。 3.----How are you, Sarah? You look so happy.---你好吗，莎拉？你看起来这么伤心。
----I failed the math test.----我的数学考试没有通过。 IX 询问职业、身份或人物。
1.----What’s your father / mother? ---你的父亲 / 母亲是做什么的？
----He’s a doctor./ She’s a teacher.- --他是一名医生。/ 她是一名教师。
2.----What does your mother / father do? - --你的母亲 / 父亲是做什么的？
----She’s a TV reporter./ He’s a teacher.He teaches English. 她是一名电视台记者。/他是一名教师。他教英语。
3.----Who’s that man / woman? ----那位男士 / 女士是谁？ ----He’s my father./ She’s my mother. 他是我父亲。 / 她是我母亲。
4.----Who’s this boy / girl? ----那个男孩儿 / 女孩儿是谁？ ----He’s my brother./ She’s my sister.--他是我兄弟。 / 她是我姐妹。
5.----Who’s your art teacher? ----你们的美术老师是谁？ ----Mi Wang.----王老师。
----What’s she like? ----她长什么样儿？ ----She’s young and thin.----她很年轻、苗条。 学英语主要句型汇总
I 询问姓名、年龄：name，How old
1.----What’s your name? ----你叫什么名字？ ----My name is ________.----我叫„„。 2.----What’s his name? ----他的名字是什么？ ----His name is Mike.----他的名字是麦克。 3.----What’s her name? ----她的名字是什么？ ----Her name is Chen Jie.----她的名字是陈婕。 4.----How old are you? ----你几岁了？ ----I’m 12.----我十二岁。 5.----How old is he/she? ----他/她几岁了？ ----He/She is 23.----他/她23岁。
II 询问颜色：colour
1.----What colour is it? ----它是什么颜色的？ ----It’s yellow and white.----黄白相间。
2.----What colour are they? ----它们是什么颜色的？ ----They’re green.----绿色的。
III 询问时间或日期：When
1.----What time is now? --现在几点钟？
It’s nine o’clock..It’s time for English cla.----九点。该上英语课了。
(----It’s eight o’clock.It’s time to gobed.) （----八点。该上床睡觉了。）
2.----What day is it today? ----今天星期几？ ----It’s Monday.----星期一。 ----What do we have on Mondays? ----我们星期一上哪些课？ ----We have Chinese, English, math „ ----语文、英语、数学„„ 3.----When is your birthday? ----你的生日是什么时候？ ----It’s October 1st, our National Day.十月一日.国庆节。 4.----When do you do morning exercises? ----你们什么时候做早锻炼？
----I usually do morning exercises at 8:30.----我们通常8：30做早锻炼。
IV 询问方位或地方：Where
1.----Where is my toy car? ----我的玩具汽车在哪儿？ ----It’s here, under the chair.----在这儿.在椅子下面。 2.----Where is the canteen? ----餐厅在哪儿？ ----It’s on the first floor.----在一楼。 3.----Where are the keys? ----钥匙在哪儿？ ----They’re in the door.----在门上。
4.----Excuse me.Where is the library, please? ----对不起.请问图书馆在哪儿？
----It’s near the post office.----在邮局附近。 5.----Where are you from? ----你从哪儿来？ ----I’m from China.----我从中国来。 6.----Where does the rain come from? ----雨是从哪儿来的？ ----It comes from the clouds.----它是从云层里来的。
V 询问数量或价钱：How many ， How much
1.----How many kites can you see? ----你可以看见几只风筝？ ----I can see 12.----我可以看见十二只风筝。 2.----How many crayons do you have? ----你有多少支彩笔？ ----I have 16.----我有十六支。 3.----How many people are there in your family? ----你家有几口人？ ----Three.----三人。
4.----How much is this dre? ----这条连衣裙多少钱？ ----It’s ninety-nine yuan.----九十九元。 5.----How much are these apples? ----这些苹果多少钱？ ----They’re thirty-five yuan.----三十五元。 XVI “How”问句：How tall, How heavy, How long 1.----How tall are you? ----你有多高？ ----I’m 160 cm tall.I’m taller than you.----我有160公分。我比你高。
2.----How heavy are you? ----你有多重？ ----I’m 48 kg.You’re heavier than me ----我有48公斤。你比我重。
3.----How do you go to school? ----你怎么上学？ ----Usually I go to school on foot.Sometimes I go by bike.---我通常步行上学。有时候骑自行车。
4.----How can I get to Zhongshan Park? ----我怎么到中山公园去？
----You can go by the No.15 bus.----你可以乘坐15路公汽。
(----Go straight for five minutes.Then turn left.It’s on the left.) ----直走五分钟。然后左转。公园就在左边。 5.How long 有多长？
VIII询问身体状况或情绪：feel, matter 1.----How do you feel? ----你感觉如何？ ----I feel sick.----我觉得不舒服。 ----How does Chen Jie feel? ----陈洁感觉如何？ ----She’s tired.----她很疲倦。
2.----What’s the matter? ---怎么了？ ----My throat is sore./ I have a sore throat.
----我的喉咙疼。
3.----How are you, Sarah? You look so happy.----你好吗.莎拉？你看起来这么伤心。
----I failed the math test.----我的数学考试没有通过。 VI 询问想吃的东西：would like
1.----What would you like for breakfast / lunch / dinner ? ----你早餐/中餐/晚餐想吃点什么？ ----I’d like some bread and milk / rice and soup.----我想吃面包和牛奶/米饭和汤。
2.----What’s for breakfast / lunch / dinner? ----早餐/中餐/晚餐吃什么？
----Hamburgers and orange juice.----汉堡包和橙汁。 VII 询问天气状况：weather
1.----What’s the weather like in Beijing? 北京的天气如何？ ----It’s rainy today.How about New York? 今天是雨天。纽约呢？
----It’s sunny and hot.---今天是晴天.天气很热。 IX 询问职业、身份或人物：Who , What
1.----What’s your father / mother? ----你的父亲 / 母亲是做什么的？ ----He’s a doctor./ She’s a teacher.----他是一名医生。/ 她是一名教师。
2.----What does you mother / father do? ----你的母亲 / 父亲是做什么的？
----She’s a TV reporter./ He’s a teacher.He teaches English.----她是一名电视台记者。/他是一名教师。他教英语。
3.----Who’s that man / woman? ----那位男士 / 女士是谁？ ----He’s my father./ She’s my mother.----他是我父亲。 / 她是我母亲。
4, ----Who’s this boy / girl? ----那个男孩儿 / 女孩儿是谁？ ----He’s my brother./ She’s my sister.----他是我兄弟。 / 她是我姐妹。
5.----Who’s your art teacher? ----你们的美术老师是谁？ ----Mi Wang.----王老师。 ----What’s she like? ----她长什么样儿？ ----She’s young and thin.----她很年轻、苗条。
X 询问兴趣、喜好：favourite
1.----What’s your favourite food / drink? ----你最喜欢的食物 / 饮料是什么？
----Fish / orange juice.----鱼。 / 橙汁。 2.----What’s your favourite season? ----你最喜欢的季节是什么----Winter.----冬天----Which season do you like best? （----你最喜欢哪个季节？ ----Winter.) ---冬天。）
----Why do you like winter? ----你为什么喜欢冬天？ ----Because I can make a snowman.----因为可以堆雪人。 3.----What’s your hobby? ----你的爱好是什么？ ----I like collecting stamps.----我喜欢集邮。 ----What’s his hobby? ----他的爱好是什么？ ----He likes riding a bike.----他喜欢骑自行车。 4.----Do you like peaches? ----你喜欢吃桃子吗？ ----Yes, I do./ No, I don’t.----喜欢。/ 不喜欢。 XI 询问平时一般做的事情：What
1.----What do you do on Saturdays / on the weekends? ----你星期六 / 周末一般做什么？ ----I usually do my homework.Sometimes I play football.----我通常做作业.有时候踢足球。
XII 询问正在做的事情：What + -ing
1.----What are you doing? ----你在做什么？ ----I’m doing the dishes.----我在洗盘子。 2.----What’s your father doing? ----你父亲正在做什么？ ----He’s writing an e-mail.----他正在写电子邮件。 3.----What’s the tiger doing? ----那只老虎在干什么？ ----It’s running.----它在奔跑。 4.----What are the elephants doing? ----那些大象在干什么？ ----They’re drinking. ----它们正在喝水。
XIII 询问将要做的事情：What/Where/When + going 1.----What are you going to do? ----你准备做什么？ ----I’m going to the cinema.----我准备去看电影。 ----When are you going to do? ----你准备什么时候去？ ----This afternoon.----今天下午。 2.----where are you going this afternoon? ----今天下午你准备到哪儿去？
----I’m going to the bookstore.----我准备到书店去。 ----What are you going to buy? ----你打算买点儿什么？ ----I’m going to buy a comic book.----我准备买本漫画书。 XIV 询问曾经做的事情：
1.----Where did you go last weekend / yesterday / on your holiday? ----你上周末/昨天/假期到哪儿去了？
----I went to Wuhan.----我去了武汉。
2.----How did you go there? ----你怎么去的？ ----I went by train.----我坐火车去的。 3.----What did you do there? ----你在那儿做了些什么？ ----I went shopping.----我去购物了。 XV 一般疑问句：
1.----Is this your bedroom? ----这是你的卧室吗？ ----Yes, it is.----是的。 ----Is your sister in the living room? ---你姐姐在客厅吗？ ----No, she isn’t./ Yes, she is.----不在。/ 在。 2.----Is this your skirt? ----这是你的短裙吗？ ----Yes, it is./ No, it isn’t.----是的。/ 不是。 3.----Is your English teacher young? 你的英语老师年轻吗？ ----Yes, she is./ No, she isn’t.-是的。/不.她不年轻。 4.-Are these / those / they cucumbers?这些 / 那些是黄瓜吗？ ----Yes, they are./ No, they aren’t.-是的。/ 不是的。 5.----Is there a river in the park? 公园里有一条小河吗？ ----Yes, there is./ No, there isn’t.----有。/ 没有。 ----Are there any bridges in your village? ----你们村子里有桥吗？
----Yes, there are./ No, there aren’t.---有。/ 没有。 6.----Can I wear my new shirt today? 我今天可以穿新衬衫吗？ ----Yes, you can./ No, you can’t.----可以。/ 不可以。 7.----Can you wash your clothes? --你会洗衣服吗？ ----Yes, I can./ No, I can’t.----会。/ 不会。 8.----Does your pen pal live in Shanghai?你的笔友住在上海吗？ ----No, he doesn’t.He lives in Beijing---不.他住在北京。 9.----Does she teach English? ----她教英语吗？ ----No, she doesn’t.She teaches math.----不.她教数学。 10.----Did you read books yesterday? --你昨天读书了吗？ ----Yes, I did./ No, I didn’t.--读了。/ 没读。 XVII 其他：
1.----What’s in the claroom? ---教室里有什么？ ----A board, six lights, three fans, many desks and chairs.----一块黑板、六盏灯.三把电扇和许多桌椅。
2.What about you? / How about you? ----你呢？ 3.I like the white sweater with the green skirt.----我喜欢这件白毛衣配这条绿短裙。
4.----Whose is it? ---它是谁的？It’s mine / yours / his / hers.是我的。/ 你的。/ 他的。/ 她的。
5.----What can you do? ----你会做什么？ ----I’m helpful.I can sweep the floor and do the dishes.----我很能干。我会扫地、洗盘子。
6.----What’s your bedroom like? ----你的卧室是什么样儿的？ ----There is a big closet and a new mirror.There are blue curtains.----卧室里有一个大衣橱和一面新镜子。还有蓝色的窗帘。 我们现在学过的大多数句型，在一般情况下（就是不排除有特殊情况）都可以用简单的公式来记忆。 I.陈述句（肯定句，否定句） 1.肯定句：1) 主语+be动词+„.*I am a teacher.He is a doctor.They are students.2) 主语+do动词的不同形式+„.I play computer games everyday.He plays computer games everyday.We played computer games yesterday.2．否定句：1) 主语+be动词+not+„. I am not a teacher. He is not a doctor. They’re not students. 2) 主语+助动词+not+do动词原形+„.
*I don’t play computer games everyday. He doesn’t play computer games everyday We didn’t play computer games everyday 3．Exercises: 肯定句变否定句：
1）I am in Cla Four, Grade Five._______________________________ 2) He is funny._______________________________ 3) They are friends._____________________________________ 4) I have a pen._________________________ 5) He has a pencil.________________________________ 6) They ate breakfast yesterday._________________________________ II.疑问句（一般疑问句，特殊疑问句） 1． 一般疑问句：
1）问：be动词+主语+„? (与前面讲过的肯定句句式比较一下) 答：Yes, 主语+be动词。/No, 主语+be动词+not. *Are you a teacher? Yes, I am.No, I am not. Is he a doctor? Yes, he is.No, he is not. Are they students? Yes, they are.No, they are not. 2) 问：助动词+主语+do动词的原形+„?
答：Yes, 主语+助动词。/No, 主语+助动词+not. Do you play computer games everyday? Yes, I do.No, I don’t.
Does he play computer games everyday? Yes, he does.No, he doesn’t.
Did you play computer games yesterday? Yes, we did.No, we didn’t.2．Exercises: 将下列肯定句变为一般疑问句： 1）I am in Cla Four, Grade Five._______________________________ 2) He is funny._______________________________ 3) They are friends._____________________________________ 4) I have a pen._________________________ 5) He has a pencil.________________________________ 6) They ate breakfast yesterday._________________________________ 3．特殊疑问句：
1）疑问词+be动词+主语+„.? (与第一个一般疑问句的句式比较一下)
（答句的句式同肯定句句式） *What are you? (I am a teacher.) What is he? (He is a doctor.) What are they? (They’re students.)
2）疑问词+助动词+主语+do动词的原形或do/be+„? （答句的句式同肯定句句式）
*What do you do every day? When do you play computer games? (I play computer games everyday.) What does he do every day? When does he play computer games? (He plays computer games everyday.) What did you do every day? When did you play computer games? (We played computer games yesterday.) 4．Exercise 对划线部分提问：
1）My shirt is green._______________________________ 2) They are in the super market._______________________________ 3) I get up at 6 every morning._____________________________________ 4) He plays soccer once a week._________________________ 5) They ate a big meal at school yesterday_____________________________
推荐第3篇：小学英语句型(原创)
学英语主要句型汇总
I 询问姓名、年龄：name，How old 1.----What’s your name? ----你叫什么名字？ ----My name is ________.----我叫……。 2.----What’s his name? ----他的名字是什么？ ----His name is Mike.----他的名字是麦克。 3.----What’s her name? ----她的名字是什么？ ----Her name is Chen Jie.----她的名字是陈婕。 4.----How old are you? ----你几岁了？ ----I’m 12.----我十二岁。 5.----How old is he/she? ----他/她几岁了？ ----He/She is 23.----他/她23岁。
II 询问颜色：colour 1.----What colour is it? ----它是什么颜色的？ ----It’s yellow and white.----黄白相间。
2.----What colour are they? ----它们是什么颜色的？ ----They’re green.----绿色的。
III 询问时间或日期：When 1.----What
time
is
it
now? ----现在几点钟？ ----It’s nine o’clock..It’s time for English cla.----九点。该上英语课了。
(----It’s eight o’clock.It’s time to go to bed.) （----八点。该上床睡觉了。）
2.----What day is it today? ----今天星期几？ ----It’
s ----星期一。
----What do we have on Mondays? ----星期一上哪些课？
----We have Chinese, English, math … ----英语、数学……
3.----When is your birthday? ----你的生日是什么时候？
----It’s October 1st, our National Day.----十月一日.国庆节。
4.----When do you do morning exercises? ----们什么时候做早锻炼？
----I usually do morning exercises at 8:30.----我们通常8：30做早锻炼。
IV 询问方位或地方：Where
Monday.
我们语文、你1.----Where is my toy car? ----我的玩具汽车在哪儿？
----It’s here, under the chair.----在这儿.在椅子下面。
2.----Where is the canteen? ----餐厅在哪儿？ ----It’
s
on
the ----在一楼。
3.----Where are the keys? ----钥匙在哪儿？
----They’re in the door.----在门上。
4.----Excuse me.Where is the library, please? ----不起.请问图书馆在哪儿？ ----It’
s
near
the ----在邮局附近。
5.----Where are you from? ----从哪儿来？
----I’m from China.----我从中国来。
6.----Where does the rain come from? ----从哪儿来的？
first
post
floor.
对office.
你雨是 ----It comes from the clouds.----它是从云层里来的。
V 询问数量或价钱：How many ， How much 1.----How many kites can you see? ----你可以看见几只风筝？
----I can see 12.----我可以看见十二只风筝。
2.----How many crayons do you have? ----你有多少支彩笔？
----I have 16.----我有十六支。
3.----How many people are there in your family? ----你家有几口人？
----Three.----三人。
4.----How much is this dre? ----这条连衣裙多少钱？
----It’s ninety-nine yuan.----九十九元。
5.----How much are these apples? ----这些苹果多少钱？ ----They’re thirty-five yuan.----三十五元。
XVI “How”问句：How tall, How heavy, How long 1.----How tall are you? ----你有多高？
----I’m 160 cm tall.I’m taller than you.----我有160公分。我比你高。
2.----How heavy are you? ----你有多重？
----I’m 48 kg.You’re heavier than me.----我有48公斤。你比我重。 3.----How
do
you
go
to
school? ----你怎么上学？
----Usually I go to school on foot.Sometimes I go by bike.---我通常步行上学。有时候骑自行车。
4.----How can I get to Zhongshan Park? ----我怎么到中山公园去？
----You can go by the No.15 bus.----你可以乘坐15路公汽。
(----Go straight for five minutes.Then turn left.It’s on the left.) ----直走五分钟。然后左转。公园就在左边。 5.How long 有多长？
VIII询问身体状况或情绪：feel, matter 1.----How
do
you
feel? ----你感觉如何？ ----I ----我觉得不舒服。
----How does Chen Jie feel? ----陈洁感觉如何？ ----She----她很疲倦。 2.----What
’
s
the
’
s
feel
sick.
tired.
matter? ----怎么了？
----My throat is sore./ I have a sore throat.
----我的喉咙疼。
3.----How are you, Sarah? You look so happy.----你好吗.莎拉？你看起来这么伤心。 ----I
failed
the
math
test.----我的数学考试没有通过。 VI 询问想吃的东西：would like 1.----What would you like for breakfast / lunch / dinner ? ----你早餐/中餐/晚餐想吃点什么？
----I’d like some bread and milk / rice and soup.----我想吃面包和牛奶/米饭和汤。
2.----What’s for breakfast / lunch / dinner? ----早餐/中餐/晚餐吃什么？ ----Hamburgers ----汉堡包和橙汁。
VII 询问天气状况：weather 1.----What’s the weather like in Beijing? ----北京的天气如何？
----It’s rainy today.How about New York? ----今天是雨天。纽约呢？ ----It’
s
sunny
and
and
orange
juice.
hot.----今天是晴天.天气很热。
IX 询问职业、身份或人物：Who , What 1.----What’s your father / mother? ----你的父亲 / 母亲是做什么的？
----He’s a doctor./ She’s a teacher.----他是一名医生。/ 她是一名教师。
2.----What does you mother / father do? ----你的母亲 / 父亲是做什么的？
----She’s a TV reporter./ He’s a teacher.He teaches English.----她是一名电视台记者。/他是一名教师。他教英语。 3.----Who’s that man / woman? ----那位男士 / 女士是谁？
----He’s my father./ She’s my mother.----他是我父亲。 / 她是我母亲。
4, ----Who’s this boy / girl? ----那个男孩儿 / 女孩儿是谁？
----He’s my brother./ She’s my sister.----我兄弟。 / 她是我姐妹。
5.----Who’s your art teacher? ----美术老师是谁？
----Mi Wang.---- ----What’s she like? ----么样儿？
----She’s young and thin.----轻、苗条。
X 询问兴趣、喜好：favourite 1.----What’s your favourite food / drink? ----欢的食物 / 饮料是什么？
----Fish / orange juice.----/ 橙汁。
2.----What’s your favourite season? ----他是你们的王老师。 她长什她很年你最喜鱼。 你最喜欢的季节是什么？
----Winter.----冬天。
(----Which season do you like best? （----你最喜欢哪个季节？
----Winter.) ----天。）
----Why do you like winter? ----什么喜欢冬天？
----Because I can make a snowman.----堆雪人。
3.----What’s your hobby? ----什么？
----I like collecting stamps.---- ----What’s his hobby? ----什么？
----He likes riding a bike.----自行车。
4.----Do you like peaches? ----子吗？
----Yes, I do./ No, I don’t.----不喜欢。
冬你为因为可以你的爱好是我喜欢集邮。 他的爱好是他喜欢骑你喜欢吃桃喜欢。/ XI 询问平时一般做的事情：What 1.----What do you do on Saturdays / on the weekends? ----你星期六 / 周末一般做什么？
----I usually do my homework.Sometimes I play football.----我通常做作业.有时候踢足球。
XII 询问正在做的事情：What + -ing 1.----What are you doing? ---- ----I’m doing the dishes.----2.----What’s your father doing? ----做什么？
----He’s writing an e-mail.----子邮件。
3.----What’s the tiger doing? ----干什么？
----It’s running.----跑。
4.----What are the elephants doing? ----么？
----They’re drinking.----水。
你在做什么？ 我在洗盘子。 你父亲正在他正在写电那只老虎在它在奔那些大象在干什它们正在喝 XIII 询问将要做的事情：What/Where/When + going 1.----What are you going to do? ----你准备做什么？
----I’m going to the cinema.----我准备去看电影。
----When are you going to do? ----你准备什么时候去？
----This afternoon.----今天下午。
2.----where are you going this afternoon? ----今天下午你准备到哪儿去？
----I’m going to the bookstore.----我准备到书店去。
----What are you going to buy? ----你打算买点儿什么？
----I’m going to buy a comic book.----我准备买本漫画书。
XIV 询问曾经做的事情：
1.----Where did you go last weekend / yesterday / on your holiday? ----你上周末/昨天/假期到哪儿去了？ ----I went to Wuhan.----我去了武汉。
2.----How did you go there? ----你怎么去的？ ----I went by train.----我坐火车去的。
3.----What did you do there? ----做了些什么？
----I went shopping.----了。
XV 一般疑问句：
1.----Is this your bedroom? ----你的卧室吗？
----Yes, it is.----是的。
----Is your sister in the living room? ----姐在客厅吗？
----No, she isn’t./ Yes, she is.----不在。/ 在。
2.----Is this your skirt? ----这是你的短裙吗？
----Yes, it is./ No, it isn’t.----
你在那儿我去购物这是你姐是的。/ 不是。
3.----Is your English teacher young? ----你的英语老师年轻吗？
----Yes, she is./ No, she isn’t.----是的。/不.她不年轻。
4.----Are these / those / they cucumbers? ----/ 那些是黄瓜吗？
----Yes, they are./ No, they aren’t.----是的。/ 不是的。
5.----Is there a river in the park? ----公园里有一条小河吗？
----Yes, there is./ No, there isn’t.----有。/ 没有。
----Are there any bridges in your village? ----村子里有桥吗？
----Yes, there are./ No, there aren’t.----有。/ 没有。
6.----Can I wear my new shirt today? ----天可以穿新衬衫吗？
----Yes, you can./ No, you can’t.----可以。/ 不可以。
7.----Can you wash your clothes? ----这些 你们我今你会洗衣服吗？
----Yes, I can./ No, I can’t.----会。/ 不会。
8.----Does your pen pal live in Shanghai? ----你的笔友住在上海吗？
----No, he doesn’t.He lives in Beijing.----不.他住在北京。
9.----Does she teach English? ----她教英语吗？
----No, she doesn’t.She teaches math.----不.她教数学。
10.----Did you read books yesterday? ----你昨天读书了吗？
----Yes, I did./ No, I didn’t.----读了。/ 没读。
XVII 其他：
1.----What’s in the claroom? ----教室里有什么？
----A board, six lights, three fans, many desks and chairs.----一块黑板、六盏灯.三把电扇和许多桌椅。
2.What about you? / How about you? ----你呢？ 3.I like the white sweater with the green skirt.----我喜欢这件白毛衣配这条绿短裙。
4.----Whose is it? ---它是谁的？
----It’s mine / yours / his / hers.----是我的。/ 你的。/ 他的。/ 她的。 5.----What
can
you
do? ----你会做什么？
----I’m helpful.I can sweep the floor and do the dishes.----我很能干。我会扫地、洗盘子。
6.----What’s your bedroom like? ----你的卧室是什么样儿的？
----There is a big closet and a new mirror.There are blue curtains.----卧室里有一个大衣橱和一面新镜子。还有蓝色的窗帘。
推荐第4篇：小学英语句型转换
外研社五年下英语按要求完成下列各题 1.______ ______ he work?
2.Was your grandpa a teacher before?(否定回答）
_______, he _______.
3.My sister works in a hospital.(改为一般疑问句）
______ ______ _______ work in a hospital? 4.now flute player a she is (.) (连词成句）
对划线部分提问）
____ _____ _______ ______ in summer.6.同上） _______ _______ his mother before? 7.Did you read your Chinese book?(作否定回答）
______,_______ _______.
8.is favourite your music English (?)
9.a have got you computer (?)
划线部分提问）
____________________________ 11.Amy likes Chinese music.(一般疑问句
12.Will Tom go to the park tomorrow?(作否定回答）
13.Amy eats a hot dog.(改为进行时）
14.I have got some chocolates.(改为一般疑问句）
_____ you _____ ______ chocolates? 15.We will climb mountains at the weekend.(改为同义句）
We ______ _______ ______ ______ mountains at the weekend.16.I’m
going
to
play
basketball
tomorrow.(改为一般疑问句）
______ ______ _______ ______ play basketball tomorrow?
17.Daming will make a Chinese kite.(改为一般疑问句）
_______ ________ ______ a Chinese kite.
推荐第5篇：小学英语自我介绍句型
自我介绍散句
【自我介绍6要素】：
1.打招呼（Greeting）
2.姓名（Name）
3.年龄（Age）
4.兴趣爱好（Hobby）
5.外貌特征（Appearance）
6.家庭成员介绍（Family）
7.发挥（Free play）
8.结尾句（End）
【各部分散句】 打招呼（Greeting） 1.Hello！Everyone.2.Good afternoon 姓名（Name）
1.My name is … 2.I ‘m …
3.My English name is … 4.My Chinese name is… 年龄（Age） I ‘m 7 years old.
兴趣爱好（Hobby）
1.I love …/I like…(singing/dancing/jumping rope/swimming,
drawing/swimming/climbing hill,
playing pingpong/basketball/badminton) 2.My favorite hobby is …collecting stamps.
3.I can… sing a song well/speak English very well/fluently/
play teakwondo.4.My favorite food is …/I love to eat … 5.My favorite color is … 外貌特征（Appearance）
1.I am a…boy/girl.
I am …
(beautiful/pretty/tall/fat/handsome/cool/strong ) 2.I have big eyes ,little nose ,small mouth…
3.I ‘m an( active /naughty/friendly/clever/humorous/brave)
家庭成员介绍（Family）
1.There are three people in my family.They are my father, mother and me… 2.I have a big family.They are my ……. 3.I love my family . 结尾句（End）
1.This is me, do you like me ? 2.So this is all about me, what do you think of me ? 3.At last, I want to share my motto with you: ……。 4.I believe I can be No.1 , do you agree with me? 5.承接上文内容，自然过渡。
【自我介绍与小故事的过渡句】 普通版本：
1.Now I’ll tell you a story.2.Next I’ll give a story play.幽默版本: 1.Ladies and gentlemen, now show time’s coming!
2.Next is my show! Everybody, please clap your hands for me, ok?
【模版一】针对F.A组
Hello, teachers.I’m very happy to stand here.My Chinese name is XX.And my english name is XXX.I’m … years old.I like singing and dancing.I like playing basketball, too.My favorite color is blue.I like to eat tomatoes.There are three people in my family, my father, my mother and me.We are a happy family.This is me.Do you know me now? ……now, I’d like to tell you a story about…….【模板二】针对BC组
Hello ladies and gentlemen.It’s my great honor to stand here and show myself to you.First please let me introduce myself.XX is my Chinese name and my english name is XX.I’m XX years old now.And you see, I’m a healthy boy\\girl.My hobby is playing basketball and hiking.I often do exercise.I like to eat healthy food, such as vegetables and fruit.They’re good, aren’t they? I want to be a soldier in the future, it’s my great dream.How about yours?……Now, attentions please! Show time’s coming, would you clap your hands for me ? ……thanks….
推荐第6篇：英语句型
句型1 would rather that somebody did…“宁愿……；更愿意……”(表示现在或将来的愿望) would rather that somebody had done…“宁愿……；更愿意……”（表示过去的愿望） [例句] I’d rather you posted the letter right now.我想让你现在去寄信。
I’d rather you were not a celebrated actor.In that case, we could spend more time together.我到情愿你不是个知名演员，这样我们可以有更多的时间在一起。 I’d rather that I hadn’t seen her yesterday.我情愿昨天没有看到她。 句型2 as if/though+主语+did/had done…好像……（表示现在或将来的情况用过去时；表示过去的情况用过去完成时）[参考句型4] [例句] Our head teacher treats us as if we were her own children, so all the students in our cla think highly of her.Alan talked about Rome as if he had been there.Alan谈起罗马来就好像他去过那里似的。 句型3 “wish +宾语从句”，表示不大 可能实现的愿望 表示现在的愿望：主语+过去时； 表示过去的愿望：主语+had done； 表示将来的愿望：主语+would/could do [例句] How I wish we students had more free time to relax ourselves! 我们学生多么希望有更多的自由时间放松自己！
I failed in the maths exam.How I wish I hadn’t wasted so much time playing!
What a pity you can’t go to the party.How I wish I could dance with you at the party! 句型4 It’s high/about time that somebody did (should do) (should通常不省略) …早就该……
[例句] It’s time that you went to school.= It’s time that you should go to school.
It’s high time that we did something to improve our environment.该是我们为环保做些事情了。 I think it’s high time that she made up her mind.我想她该拿定主意了。 句型5 情态动词+动词不定式完成结构的用法
could have done “本来可以……”（表示过去没有实现的可能）。
might have done “本来可能……；本来应该或可以做某事”（实际没有发生；含有轻微的责备语气。
should/ought to have done “本来该做某事”（而实际未做）
should not/ought not to have done “本来不该做”（实际却做过了，含有责备语气） needn’t have done “本来不必做”（但是已经做过了）
would rather have done “当时宁愿做了某事”（实际没有做过）；否定式would rather not have done表达相反意思，两者都有表示“后悔”之意。 句型6 as, though, although引导的让步状语从句。
[注意]although位于句首；though位于句首或句中；as位于句中=though。它的词序是把句中强调的形容词、副词、动词或名词放在连词前。[参考倒装结构] 请注意下列句式的变化： [例句] 1.Although/Though I’m young, I already know what career I want to follow.→Young as/though I am, I already know what career I want to follow.我虽然年轻，但我已经明白我应该追随什么样的事业。
2.Although/Though I respect him very much, I cannot agree with his idea.→Much as/though I respect him, I cannot agree with his idea.虽然我很尊重他，但是我不同意他的观点。
3.Although/Though he is a child, he knows a lot of Chinese characters.→Child（省略冠词）as/though he is, he knows a lot of Chinese characters.他虽然还是个孩子，却认识了许多汉字。
4.Although he tried, he couldn’t solve the problem.
→Try as he might, he couldn’t solve the problem.尽管他努力了，但是他没有解决问题。 5.Although it is raining, I’m going out for a walk.
→Raining as it is, I’m going out for a walk.天虽然在下雨，我还是要出去散步。
6.Strange as it may seem, nobody was injured in the accident.这次意外虽然显得不可思议，却没有人受伤。
7.Much as I would like to help, I have a lot to do.虽然我很想帮助你，但是我有很多事要做。 8.Object as you may, I will go.纵使你反对，我也要去。 句型7 …before…特殊用法（1）“没来得及……就……”
[例句] The roof fell before he had time to dash into the room to save his baby.他还没有来得及冲进房间救孩子，房顶就塌了。
He ran off before I could stop him.我还没有来得及阻止，他已经跑了。
To my great disappointment, my favorite singer left the concert before I could have a word with her.让我非常失望的是，我还没有来得及和我最喜欢的歌手打招呼，她就已经离开了。 句型8 …before…特殊用法（2）“过了多久才……”或“动作进行到什么程度才……”
[例句] They walked about fifty miles to the west before they saw a village.他们西行50英里才看到一个村庄。
The workers worked day and night about three days before everything returned to normal.工人们连续工作3天才使一切恢复正常。
He almost knocked me down before he knew it.他几乎撞到我了才意识到。
We had walked a long way before we found some water.我们走了很长的路才找到一点水。
Five years went by before I knew it.不知不觉，五年过去了。 句型9 It was + 时间段+before….“过了多久才（怎么样）……” It was not long before….“不久，就……”
It will (not) be +时间段+before….“要过多久（不久）……才……”(before从句谓语动词要用一般时态) [例句] It was not long before he sensed the danger of the position.不久他就意识到他处境的危险。 It was five days before he came back.五天后他才回来。
It will be half a year before you graduate from the school.再过半年你才能毕业。 It will not be long before they understand each other.他们大概不久就会互相了解。 句型10 in case of…(+n.) “以防；万一”；
in case that…“以防，万一……”（谓语动词用一般现在时态或should+动词原形） [例句] In case of fire, what should we do? Please remind me about it in case I forget/should forget.万一我忘了，请提醒我。 In case (that) John comes/should come, please tell him to wait.Please take your umbrella in case (that it rains/should rain).带上雨伞，以防下雨。
句型11 It强调句型
强调句的基本构成：It is/was + 被强调的部分 + who（主要指人时）/that + 其余部分 [注意1] 这种结构可以强调句子的主语、宾语、状语（包括时间，地点，方式，原因等），但是不能强调谓语动词（参考句型15）。
原句的谓语动词如果是现在或将来时态，用It is…that/who….； 原句的谓语动词如果是过去时态，用It was…that/who….；
强调时间、地点、原因或方式时不要用when, where或how, 必须用that。 [例句1] I saw him in the street yesterday afternoon.→It was I who saw him in the street yesterday afternoon.（强调主语） →It was in the street that I saw him yesterday afternoon.（强调地点状语） →It was yesterday afternoon that I saw him in the street.（强调时间状语） →It was him that/who I saw in the street yesterday afternoon.（强调宾语）
[例句2] He didn’t go to bed until his mother came back.
→It was not until his mother came back that he went to bed.He didn’t do his homework until his father came back from work.→It wasn’t until his father came back from work that he did his homework.[例句3] Only when you nearly lose someone do you fully realize how much you value him.→It is only when you nearly lose someone that you fully realize how much you value him.只有你快要失去某个人时，你才意识到你是多么尊重他。
[例句4] I was late again because the traffic was very heavy during the rush hour.→It was because the traffic was very heavy during the rush hour that I was late again.（强调句中只能强调由because引导的原因状语从句，because不能换成since, as, for, now that等）
[注意2]强调句的疑问结构
一般疑问句 Is / Was it +被强调部分 +who / that …?
特殊疑问句 特殊疑问词+is /was +it +who / that…?
What is/was it that…? Who is/was it that…? When is/was it that…? Where is/was it that…? Why is/was it that…? How is/was it that…? [例句1] I saw him in the street yesterday afternoon.→When was it that you saw him in the street?
→Who was it that you saw in the street yesterday afternoon? →Where was it that you saw him yesterday afternoon? [例句2] I don’t know when he will come back.
→I don’t know when it is that he will come back.（宾语从句疑问词后用陈述句语序） –How was it that you got in touch with Mr.Smith? 你是怎么和Smith先生联系上的？ –Trough a friend of mine.通过一个朋友。 句型12 （1）、祈使句（表条件）+ or/or else/ otherwise + 主句（表结果）… “否则…，要不然…” （2）、祈使句（表条件）+ and +主句（表结果）
[例句] Hurry up, or you’ll be late for cla.Please call me up before you come, otherwise/or else/or we might be out.你来之前打个电话，否则，我们也许会出去。 Think it over and you will find the answer.Give him an inch and he will take a mile.得寸进尺。
Work hard and you will make progre every day.好好学习，天天向上。 句型13 …until….“直到……时候”；not…until…“直到……才……” [例句] You are to stay until/till your mother comes back.你得等到你妈妈回来。
The meeting was put off until ten o’clock.会议推迟到十点钟。
The villagers didn’t realize how serious the pollution was until all the fish died in the river.→Not until all the fish died in the river did the villagers realize how serious the pollution was.（倒装句）
等到湖里的鱼全死光了，村民们才意识到污染是多么严重。 He didn’t go to bed until his mother came back.
→It was not until his mother came back that he went to bed.（强调句）
Not until he failed in the exam did he realize that he had wasted much time playing computer games.Not until his son came back from school did he go to bed.句型14 unle…“除非，如果不……”(=if…not) [例句] I shall go tomorrow unle it rains.如果不下雨，我明天去。 –Shall Tom go and play football? –Not unle he has finished his homework.除非他完成作业，否则不能出去。 I won’t go unle he comes to invite me himself.除非他本人来邀请我，不然我是不会去的。
I won’t attend his birthday party unle invited (=unle I am invited).除非被邀请，否则我不 去参加的生日晚会。 句型15 when引导的从句
when除了用来引导主语从句、宾语从句、时间状语从句、表语从句和定语从句，还有一种用法值得关注，那就是when引导并列分句，意思是“这时突然；就在那时”，强调另一个动作的突然发生。常用于以下句型中：（1）、主语 + be doing… when…意思是“正在做某事这时……”；（2）、主语 + be about to do…when…；（3）、主语+be on the point of (doing) …when…意思是“正要去做某事这时……” [例句] One day Chuck was on a flight acro the Pacific Ocean when suddenly his plane crashed.有一天，Chuck正在太平洋上飞行，这时他的飞机突然爆炸了。 I don’t know when he will arrive.我不晓得他什么时候到达。
I thought of the happy days when I was in Beijing.我想起了在北京时的那段快乐日子。 I believe the time will soon come when there will be no weapons in the world.我相信世界上没有武器的日子不久就会到来。
I was walking along the river when I heard a drowning boy cry for help.我正在河边行走，这时我突然听到一个落水男孩求救。
I was about to leave when it began to rain.我刚要离开，这时下雨了。
I had just finished my exam paper when the bell rang, announcing the cla was over.我刚做完作业，下课铃响了。
I thought of the happy days when I was in France.我想到了在法国时那段快乐日子。 I believe the time will soon come when there will be no weapons in the world.我相信世界上没有武器的日子不久就会来临。 [比较] I was walking along the street when I caught sight of a tailor’s shop.我正在街上走，这时我看见一家裁缝店。
I was walking along the streets.Just at the moment I caught sight of a tailor’s shop.我在街上走。就在那时我看见一家裁缝店。 句型16 while引导的从句
while除了有“当/在……时候”的意思外（注意：引导的句子谓语动词只能是延续性动词！），另外的两层意思也是考查的重点：（1）while = although “尽管”、“虽然”，引导让步状语从句；（2）while的意思是“然而；可是”，常用来表达对比关系。
[例句] While I admit that the problem is difficult, I don’t think that they can’t be solved.尽管我承认这个问题很难，但是我并不认为无法解决。 While I admit his good points, I can see his shortcomings.虽然我承认他的优点，我也能看出他的缺点。
While I was angry with her, I didn’t lose my temper.虽然我很生气，但我当时没有对她发脾气。
While I understand your viewpoint, I don’t agree with you.虽然我了解你的见解， 我还是不能同意（你）。
I earn only 120 dollars a week, while she earns 180 dollars.我一星期只赚120美元，她却赚180美元。 句型17 where…（地点从句）
[注意]where引导地点从句时，可以引导定语从句或是逻辑地点状语从句。当它在定语从句中作地点状语，指代地点时，这时可以用in which, on which, at which, to which, from which等结构代替。但是它引导逻辑地点状语从句时，没有这样用法。 [例句] You should put the book where it was.把书放回原处。
Persistent people begin their succe where others end in failure.不屈不挠者从他人失败的地方获取成功。
Where there is a will, there is a way.有志者，事竟成。
Where men are greedy, there is never peace.人类贪欲不止，世界和平无望。 Go where you should, keep on studying.无论你到哪里，你都应该继续学习。 That is the building where my father works.那是我父亲工作的大楼。
Yesterday I went to the department store, where I met my teacher.昨天我去百货公司，就在那儿遇见了我的老师。
That’s where a change is needed.那就是需要变更的地方。
We could see the runners very well from where we stood.从我们所站的地方能很清楚地看到赛跑的选手。
You should let your children play where you can see them.你应该让小孩在你的视线所及的地方玩耍。
Potatoes can be grown in places where it is too cold to grow rice.=Potatoes can be grown in places where it is too cold to grow rice.（本句where引导定语从句） 有些地方太冷不能种水稻，但可以种马铃薯。 [请比较下面的句子结构的不同] Potatoes can be grown where it is too cold to grow rice.（本句where引导地点状语从句） 句型18 what引导的从句
what在英语中非常活跃,它可以用来引导主语从句、宾语从句、表语从句，但是不用来引导定语从句。在句子里可以充当主语、宾语、表语、定语，既可以指人，也可以指物。 [例句] What is the population of the world? 世界的人口有多少？ What did you pay for this picture? 这幅画你付了多少钱？
What is most important in life isn’t money.人生最重要的并非是金钱。 Will you show me what you bought? 可以把你所买的东西给我看一下吗？ Mary is no longer what she was ten years ago.Mary已经不是10年前的她了。 句型19 as引导的非限制性定语从句
在as引导的非限制性定语从句中，连接代词as在句子中可以作主语、宾语或表语等，可以指人或物。其在定语从句中的位置比较灵活，即可以在句子前面，在句子中间或句子末尾。常用的结构有：as we all know; as is well known to…; as is often the case; as is said/mentioned above; as has been said before; as I told you before; as is evident; as often happens; as can be seen; as is/was expected; as we expect; as I can remember等。 [注意1]as通常只指整个句子的内容，不表示部分内容。
[注意2]as引导的非限制性定语从句通常指“事先可以预料到的”“料想到的”，表达“好”的方面。 [注意3]as引导限制性定语从句时，常构成the same…as…; such…as…; so/as …as…等结构。在从句中既可以指人、物，也可以指整个句子。 [例句] This is also part of your work, as I told you before.我曾告诉过你，这也是你工作的一部分。 The man was a teacher, as was evident from his way of speaking.从那人说话的样子可明显看出，他是个老师。
Such ideas as he hits on are worthle.像他那样偶然想起的主意是无用的。 It’s the same story as I heard from her yesterday.这故事跟我从她那儿听到的相同。 He will marry as pretty a girl as he can find.他要尽可能找漂亮的女孩结婚。
Such people as have made great contributions to the world should be greatly respected.那些对世界做出巨大贡献的人们应该受到极大的尊重。 句型20 which引导的非限制性定语从句（也引导限制性定语从句）
which引导的非限制性定语从句既可以指整个句子内容，也可以指句子的部分内容（如单词或词组等），在句子中可以作主语、宾语（动词或介词的）、定语等。注意它在句子中的位置：只能放在主句后，不能放在主句前。表达的内容是“不好的”、“事先没有预料到的”等时，常用which，只指物。
[例句] Yellowstone National Park, which is in Wyoming, is one of the most beautiful national parks in the world.黄石国家公园位于怀俄明州，是世界上最美丽的国家公园之一。
The clock, which my grandfather bought, is still in good order.这时钟是我祖父买的，现在还走时很准。
The picture, for which he paid an enormous amount of money, was a forgery.那幅画他花了一大笔钱购买，却是幅赝品。
She changed her mind again, which made us all angry.她又改变了主意，这使我们大家都生气了。
I lived three years in Paris, during which time I learned French.我在巴黎住了三年，在那期间我学了法语。
The weather turned out to be very good, which was more than we could expect.天气结果转晴， 这是我们没有预料到的。 句型21 （1）、疑问词+ever whatever, whoever, whichever, whenever, wherever, however用来引导让步状语从句，相当于no matter和what, who, which, when, where, how连用。
[例句] Whatever (=No matter what) may happen, we shall not lose hope.无论发生什么事，我们都不能失去希望。
Whatever reasons you (may) have, you should carry out a promise.无论你有什么理由，你都应该遵守诺言。
Whoever (=No matter who) comes, he will be warmly welcome.无论谁来，都会受到热烈欢迎。 Whenever (=No matter when) it happened, it was certainly not yesterday.此事无论发生在何时，但绝不是昨天。
Whenever you (may) call, you will find her sitting by the window.无论什么时候你去找她，你都会看到她坐在窗边。
Wherever (=No matter where) he went, he made friends with people.Whichever (=No matter which) of them you many choose, the quality will be the same.他们当中不论你选哪一个，品质都一样。
However (=No matter how) hard I have tried, I can’t find the answer.
（2）、whatever, whoever, whichever, whomever等引导名词性从句，这时不能用no matter+疑问词替换。 [例句] Take whichever you want.你要哪个就拿哪个。
We will do whatever we can to help him out.我们要尽力帮助他摆脱困境。 I’ll show you whatever you want to see.你想看什么我就给你看什么。 Whoever did this job must be rewarded.无论谁做这件事都要得到报酬。
Whoever walks around in such a heavy rain will catch a cold.任何人在这种大雨中行走都会患感冒。
You may invite whomever（口语中常用whoever代替）you like to the party.你可以邀请你喜欢的人来参加晚会。
Take whatever magazines you want to read.你可以取阅任何你想读的杂志。 倒装结构
句型22全倒装句型
（一）
here, there, out, in, up, down, now, then, away等副词放在句首，句子需要全部倒装 [例句] There goes the bell! = The bell is ringing.铃响了！ Here comes the bus.=The bus is coming.汽车来了。
Now comes your turn to make a short speech.该轮到你发言了。 Away went the thief when he saw the police.Then came the hour we had been looking forward to.我们期盼的时候到了。 [注意] （1）在这种情况下倒装仅限于不及物动词或be动词，像go, come, rush, live, stand, lie等。 （2）主语是人称代词时不要倒装。如：Away he went.他走远了。 句型23全倒装句型
（二）
表示方位的状语放在句首，句子全倒装；谓语动词多为be, lie, stand, sit, come, walk, run, stop etc.不及物动词。 [例句] On a hill in front of them stands a great castle.在他们面前的山上矗立着一座巨大的城堡。 In front of the house stopped a police car.房子的全面停着一辆警车。 Around the corner walks a young policeman.拐角处有个年轻的警察在行走。 Under the tree sat a boy of about ten.在树下坐着一个大约10岁的男孩。 句型24全倒装句型
（三）
（表语）adj./ v-ing / v-ed +（地点状语）+ be（或其他动词形式）…
So adj./adv…that…如此……以至于……(so引导的句子倒装，而that引导的句子不倒装！) (这种结构是半倒装句。) [例句] Present at the meeting were the manager, all the designers and the writer.出席会议的有经理，设计师和词作者。
Fastened to the pole is the National flag.旗杆上有一面国旗。
Hidden behind the door were some naughty children.有几个顽皮的孩子藏在门后面。
Sitting at the back of the claroom were several old teachers, listening attentively to the new teacher.坐在教室后面的是几位老教师，他们在认真地听新教师的课。 Gone are the days when farmers lived in the poor houses.农民住在破旧房子里的日子过去了。
Typical for China is the crotalk show, where a pair of comedians entertains the audience with word play.相声是中国典型的喜剧，两个演员通过玩弄词藻来逗乐观众。 So clearly does he speak English that he can always make himself understood.他说英语非常清晰，别人都能听懂他的话。
So fast does light travel that we can hardly imagine its speed.光运行非常快，我们几乎无法想象它的速度。
句型25 半倒装句
（一）
否定意义的副词或短语放在句首，句子半倒装。这样的副词主要有：little, seldom, hardly, rarely, scarcely, never, not at all, by no means（决不）, at no time（在任何时候都不），nowhere, in no case (无论如何都不)；not in the least (=not at all) , on no condition（决不） 等。
[例句] Never shall I forget you.At no time was the man aware of what was happening.那个人根本没有注意到发生的情况。 Little did I understand what he said to me at that time.我那时几乎没有明白他给我说的话。 It’s beyond description.Nowhere else in the world can there be such a quiet, beautiful place.那真是用语言难以形容。世界上没有其他地方会有这么安静、美丽的地方了。 Not a single mistake did he make in the exam.他在考试中没有犯一个错误。 By no means are these works of art satisfactory.这些艺术品根本不能令人满意。 On no condition should you visit that place.你决不能去那个地方。 句型26 半倒装句
（二）
not only…, but also…（前一分句倒装，后一分句不倒装） [例句] Not only was everything he had taken away from him, but also his German citizenship was taken away.不仅他拥有的一切被那走了，就连他的德国国籍也被取消了。
They suggested not only should we attend the party but also give a performance.他们建议我们不仅要参加晚会，还要进行表演。
Not only should we students study hard, we also should know how to enjoy ourselves in our spare time.我们学生不仅要学习好，还应该知道在课余时间怎样享受生活。 句型27半倒装句
（三） neither, nor放在句首 [例句] If you don’t go to see the movie, neither will I.如果你不去看电影，我也不去。 --Why didn’t you buy the jacket?
--Neither was the price satisfactory, nor did the color agree with me.价格不能令人满意，颜色也不太适合我。
I don’t like him, nor do I care about him.我不喜欢他，也不关心他。 句型28 半倒装句
（四）
“only + 状语”放在句首，句子半倒装 [例句] Only when the war was over did he return to work.直到战争结束他才回去工作。
Only after you have reached eighteen can you join the army.你只有到了18岁才能参军。 Only in that way will we be ready for the challenges and opportunities in life.只有这样，我们对生活中的机遇和挑战才会有充分的准备。
Only by changing the way we live will we be able to save the earth.只有改变生活方式，我们才能拯救地球。
[注意]这种结构的倒装只在only引导状语的时候使用，only引导主语的时候不用倒装。 Only in this way can you work out the problem.你只有用这种方法才能做出题目。 Only this way can help you work out the problem.只有这种方法才能帮你做出题目。 句型29 半倒装句
（五）
so + be动词/助动词/情态动词等 + 主语 “……也……”（表示肯定意思） neither/nor +动词/助动词/情态动词等 + 主语 “……也……”（表示否定意思） [例句] She is interested in the story, so am I.He enjoys playing the guitar, so do I.I saw the film last night, so did he.In the past 20 years, our society has changed a lot, so have our eating habits.近20年来。我们的社会发生了很大的变化，我们的饮食习惯也变了。
Tom didn’t attend the meeting last night; nor did Mary.Tom没来参加昨晚的会议，Mary也没来。
I have never been abroad.Neither/Nor has Tom.[比较1] “so + 主语 + 助动词” 表示肯定已有的观点或事实 [例句] –We have all worked hard these days.–So we have.（的确如此）
I promised to help him, and so I did.（我确实帮助他了） [比较2] “主语 + 助动词 + so” 表示按照别人的要求去做 [例句] The wounded little boy asked me to lift him up and I did so.The doctor asked Charlie to breathe deeply and he did so.句型30 so it is with somebody = it’s the same with somebody前者怎么 样，后者也怎么样
[注意]前面既有否定句又有肯定句，或有多个谓语动词或助动词难以选择时，用此句型。 [例句] John likes English but he doesn’t like maths, so it is with me (so it is the same with me).Tom is a student and he studies hard, so it is with me.–He was really manly enough to be responsible for what he had done.他像个男子汉，敢于对自己的所作所为负责。
–So he was, and so it was with you.他的确如此，你当时也一样。 虚拟语气 句型31 （从句）If + were/did（动词的过去式），（主句）主语 + would/might/should/could + do（表示对现在情况的假设） [例句] If I were you, I would not be so proud.如果我是你，我不会如此自负。
I don’t have a cellphone.If I had one, it would be convenient for me to get in touch with others.If I were in your position, I would think better of it.如果我处在你的位置，我会好好考虑它。 句型32 （从句）If + had done, （主句）主语+ would/might/should/could +have done（表示对过去或已经发生事情的虚拟假设）
[例句] What a pity it is that you didn’t attend the concert yesterday! If you had attended the concert, you would have seen the famous singer.真遗憾昨天你没有去听音乐会。如果你去了，就能见到那位著名歌手。 Anyone in his position would have done the same.=If anyone had been in his position, he would have done the same.任何处在他位置的人都会这样做的。 句型33 （从句）If + were/did（动词过去式）/were to do/should do，（主句）主语+ would/might/should/could + do（表示对将来的假设） [例句] If he should refuse (= If he were to refuse=If he refused), it didn’t matter at all.万一他拒绝了，那也没关系。
If you shouldn’t pa the college entrance examination, what would you do? 万一高考不中，你该怎么办？ 句型34虚拟语气条件句的倒装
在虚拟条件句中，如果出现有were, had, should，可以省去if, 把这些词放在句子前面，构成虚拟倒装句。 [例句] Should he act like that again, he would be fined.如果他还这样做，就要受罚。
Had the doctor come in time last night (=If the doctor had come in time last time), the boy would have been saved.昨天晚上要是医生及时到达，小孩就会得救。 Were I to go to the moon one day, I would see it with my own eyes.Had I enough money (= If I had enough money), I would buy a larger house.句型35 if only引起的感叹句，相当于 “How I wish + 宾语从句”，意思是“但愿……；要是……就好了” [例句] If only he could come! 他要是能来就好了！
If only we students didn’t have so much homework！要是没有这么多的作业该多好！ If only I hadn’t been so carele in the exam! 我当时没有那么粗心就好了！ 句型36 if it were not for… (= were it not for…)
if it hadn’t been for… (= had it not been for…)“要不是因为有……；如果不是……” [注意]这种结构中不能用否定结构的缩写形式，即不能用weren’t it for…）
[例句] If it hadn’t been for (= Had it not been for) the determined captain, all the paengers on board wouldn’t have been saved.要不是船长一直坚强，船上的旅客就不会得救。
If it were not for your rich parents, you couldn’t live so easy a life.要不是你父母有钱，你的生活不会如此安逸。
If it were not for the expense, I would go abroad now.如果不是因为经费问题，我现在就出国了。 句型37 “but for + 名词”和“but that +从句”，意思是“倘若不是；要不是”，接虚拟语气
[例句] But for air and water, nothing could live.(= If there were no air or water, nothing could live.) 如果没有空气和水，什么东西都难以生存。
But for the storm, we should have arrived earlier.= If it hadn’t been for the storm, we should have arrived earlier.如果不是暴风雨，我们早就到了。
But for you, we couldn’t have carried out the plan.要不是你的话，我们无法实施那项计划。 She could not have believed it but that she saw it.若非亲眼所见，她是不会相信的。 句型38 在动词insist（1坚持做某事），order, command（2命令）, advise, suggest, propose（3建议做某事），demand, require, request, ask（4要求）等表示建议、命令、要求的名词性从句中谓语动词要用虚拟语气。基本句型：主语+ (should) + 动词原形。另外像decide, desire, intend, recommend等也要接(should)+动词原形结构。 [例句] Mother insists that Tom (should) go to bed at nine o’clock.（宾语从句） We suggested that the meeting (should) be held at once.It was required that the crops (should) be harvested at once.（主语从句） The suggestion that he (should) be invited was rejected.（同位语从句） That is their demand that their wages (should) be increased.（表语从句） [注意1] advice, suggestion, order, demand, proposal, request, desire, command, decision, requirement等名词引导的同位语从句或表语从句，谓语动词用 (should) + 动词原形。 [注意2] It’s suggested/ advised/ demanded/ordered/requested/proposed/required/desired等结构后的主语从句中，谓语动词用(should) + 动词原形。
[注意3]suggest意思是“表明，暗示；说明”时；insist意思是“坚持观点，坚持看法”时，句子不能用虚拟语气。 [例句] He insisted that he was innocent.=He insisted on his innocence.他坚持说自己是无辜的。 He insisted that he had never done wrong.他坚持说没有做错事情。
Are you suggesting that I’m not suited for the job? 你是在暗示说我不适合做那项工作？ The look on his face suggested that the teacher was quite satisfied with the result.脸上的表情说明老师对结果感到满意。 句型39 It is neceary/important/natural/impoible/eential（基本的）等结构后的主语从句中要用虚拟语气，即主语+(should)+动词原形 [例句] It’s neceary that Tom take the exam first.Tom有必要先参加考试。
With the society developing very fast, it’s quite neceary/important that we (should) have a good knowledge of English and computer.随着社会的快速发展，我们有必要精通英语和电脑。 句型40 It’s strange/surprising/a pity/a shame/a surprise (that) … should do…should表示“竟然” [例句] It’s a pity that she should mi the chance.很遗憾她错过了机会。
It’s really surprising that a prophecy（预言）should coincide with the fact so exactly.令人惊讶的是，预言和事实竟然如此巧合。
It’s strange that he shouldn’t pa the exam.奇怪的是他竟然没有通过考试。 句型41 prefer (1) prefer to do sth 例：I prefer to stay at home.我宁愿呆在家里。 (2) prefer doing sth 例：I prefer playing in defence.我喜欢打防守。 (3) prefer sb to do sth 例：Would you prefer me to stay? 你愿意我留下来吗？ (4) prefer to do sth rather than do sth ……宁愿…...而不愿.…\".例句：I prefer to stay at home rather than go out 我宁愿呆在家里而不愿出去.(5) prefer doing sth to doing sth 例：I prefer watching football to playing it.我喜欢看篮球，不喜欢打篮球。 (6) prefer sth to sth 例：I prefer tea to coffee.我要茶不要咖啡。 句型42 seem (1) It +seems + that从句
例：It seemed that everyone was satisfied.看来好像每个人都很满意。 (2) It seems to sb that --- 例：It seems to me that she is right.我看她是对的， (3) There seems to be ---- 例：There seems to be a heavy rain.看上去要有一场大雨。 (4) It seems as if ---- 例：It seemed that she couldn\'t come to cla.看样子她不能来上课了。 句型43 表示“相差……；增加了……；增加到……”句型： (1) She is taller than I by three inches.她比我高三英寸 (2) There is one year between us.我们之间相差一岁。 (3) She is three years old than I 她比我大三岁。
(4) They have increased the price by 50%.他们把价格上涨了50% 句型44 too句型：
(1) too．．．to do sth．
例：Politics is too important to be left to the politicians．
（＝Politics is so important that it can\'t be left to the politicians．） 政治太重要了，不能由政治家来决定。 (2) only too --- to do sth 例：I shall be only too pleased to get home.我要回到家里就非常高兴。 (3) too + adj + for sth 例：These shoes are much too small for me.我穿这双鞋太小了。 (4) too + adj + a + n.例：This is too difficult a text for me.这篇课文对我来说太难了。 (5) can\'t … too +形容词 无论……也不为过
例：We cannot emphasize the importance of protecting our eyes too much.我们再怎么强调保护眼睛的重要性也不为过。 句型45 before 句型：
(1) before sb can/ could … 某人还没来得及……
例：Before I could get in a word ，he had measured me． 我还没来得及插话，他就给我量好了尺寸 (2) It will be +时间+ before + 还有多长时间……
例：It will be 4 years before he graduates.他还有四年时间变毕业了。 (3) had done some time before （才……）
例：We had sailed four days and four nights before we saw land.我们航行了四天四夜才见到陆地。 (4) had not done --- before --- 不到……就…… 例：We hadn’t run a mile before he felt tired.我们还没走到一英里路就觉得累了。
(5) It was not +一段时间+ before 不多久就…… 例：It wasn’t two years before he left the country.还没到两年他们离开了那国家。 句型46 用于表示过去未实现的希望和计划的句型：
(1) should like to/ would like to/ would love to have done sth.例：You should like to have written to your mother.你本应当给你母亲写信。
(2) was / were going to do sth.（用过去将来时态表示原打算做什么） 例：Lucy was going to watch a basketball match.Lucy 原打算看一场篮球比赛。
(3) was / were going to have done sth.表示未完成原来的计划和安排 例：Lily was going to have cleaned her bedroom, but she had no time.Lily 原打算清理她的卧室，但她没时间。
(4) expect, intend, hope, mean, plan, promise, suppose, think, want, wish ．．．
常用过去完成时态,在这些词后接宾语从句或者接不定式的一般形式； 或者用一般过去时态后面接不定式的完成形式表示过去未曾实现的愿望 例：She had supposed him to be very rich.她原以为他很有钱。 (5) wish that …had done sth.表示过去未曾实现的愿望．
例：I wish he had been here yesterday.要是他昨天在这儿就好了。 (6) 情态动词should ,would, could, might, ought to等后接不定式的完成时， 表示过去本该做，打算做，想做而未做的事情． should have done =ought to have done 本应该做而没做 would have done = 本来就会去做某事而没做 could have done = 本可以做某事而没做 might have done 本可以做而没做
例：They ought to have apologized.他们本该道歉的。 句型47 倍数句型：
(1)倍数＋比较级＋than．．．，
例：The room is twice larger than that one．这个房间是那个房间的两倍大。
There is 30 times greater chance of being hit by lightening than being attacked by a shark.(2)倍数＋as＋原级＋as．．．，
例：The room is three times as large as that one． 这个房间是那个房间的三倍。
(3)倍数＋the size ／height／length ／weight ／width of．．． 例：The room is three times the size of that one． 这个房间是那个房间的3倍大。
句型48 比较句型： (1)原级比较：
例：English is not so difficult a subject as Ruia.英语不是和像俄语一样难的科目。
Their bones are not as thick as adults’.他们的骨头和成年人的不一样厚。 (2)一方超过另一方：
例：The weather of this year is a lot hotter than that of last year.今年的气候比上一年的气候要热得多。 (3)一方不如另一方：
例：The restoration was so bad that it made some of the buildings le secure than they had been before.修复工作是如此的糟，以致于它使得一些建筑没有以前安全了。 (4) The + ~er + S + V, ~~~ the + ~er + S + V ~~~ The + more + Adj + S + V, ~~~ the + more + Adj + S + V ~~~ （愈...愈...）
例：The harder you work, the more progre you make.你愈努力，你愈进步。
The more books we read, the more learned we become.
我们书读愈多，我们愈有学问。 (5) more….than…与其说…倒不如说 例：Smith is more diligent than intelligent.与其说Smith聪明倒不如说他勤奋。
(6) no +形容词比较级+ than = as +形容词的反义词+ as 例：I am no better at English than you.我的英语不比你好。 (7) that 在前后比较中代替不可数名词和特指的单数可数名词 例：The traditional picture of St Nicholas is quite different from that of Father Christmas.(8) one 在前后比较中代替泛指的单数可数名词。
例：I prefer a flat in Beijing to one in Nanjing, because I want to live near my Mom\'s.与南京相比我更喜欢在北京有一套公寓，因为我想跟我妈妈住一起。 (9) those 在前后比较中代替 特指的复数可数名词。 例：Salaries are higher here than those in my country.这儿的工资比我们国家的高。
(10) ones 在前后比较中代替泛指的复数可数名词
例：Cars do cause us some health problems --- in fact far more serious ones than mobile phones do.汽车确实给我们的身体健康带来问题，事实上比手机造成的问题更严重。 句型49 感叹句型：
(1) What a + Adj + N + S + V! 例：What an important thing it is to keep our promise!
信守我们的诺言是多么的重要啊！ (2) How + Adj + a + N + V!（多么...！）
例：How important a thing it is to keep our promise! 遵守诺言是多么重要的事！ (3) How + S + V!
例句：How I want to go to Beijing.我多么想去北京啊！ 句型50 表法猜测的句型：
(1) must have done sth 一定做过某事 否定形式：can\'t have done 例：She must have come here last night.她一定是昨晚来的。 She can\'t have gone there 她不可能到那儿去。
(2) may have done sth 可能做过某事 否定形式：may not have done 例：Philip may have been hurt seriously in the car accident.Philip 可能在这次车祸中伤得很严重。
(3) might have done sth 或许做过某事 否定形式: might not have done 例：She might have known what the bottle contained.她或许知道这个瓶子里装的是什么。 (4) should have done sth 估计已经做了某事 否定形式：should not have done 例：She should have arrived in her office by now.她此刻估计已经到达办公室了。 句型51 动词不定式常用句型：
(1) It takes / took / will take sb.some time / money to do sth.某人花/花了/将花多长时间/多少钱做某事.例句：It took me years of hard work to speak good English.为了讲一口流利的英语,我花了多年时间刻苦操练.(2) It is + adj +for/of sb to do sth 例：Lincoln said that it was not right for the South to break away from the Union.林肯说南方脱离联邦是不对的。 It was carele of Tom to break the cup.(3) Sb.have / has / had no choice but to do...某人除了做……别无选择.例句：We had no choice but to take a taxi for we\'d mied the last bus.由于错过了最后一班公共汽车,除了乘坐的士,我们别无选择.(4) It\'s not /just like sb.to do sth.……的行为不/正像某人的一贯作风.例：lt\'s not like Jim to be late for cla.He regards time as the most important thing in life.上课迟到不像吉姆的一贯作风,他把时间看作是生命中最重要的.(5) ．．．．形容词／副词＋enough to do sth． 例：I was fortunate enough to travel to South Africa.． (6) It pays to + V ~~~ （...是值得的。）
例句：It pays to help others.帮助别人是值得的。
(7) It cost sb some time/money to do sth 例：It must cost a good deal to live here.住这儿一定会花很多钱的。 (8) do all he could to do sth do what he could to do sth do everything he could to do sth 例：They were doing everything they could to help the fatherland.他们在尽最大努力去帮助祖国。
(9) It is hard to imagine/ say … 很难想象/说……
例：It is hard to imagine how Edison managed to work twenty hours each day.很难想象爱迪生每天是怎样工作20小时的。 It\'s hard to say whether the plan is practical.这个计划是否实际很难说。 句型52 动名词常用句型：
(1) ...have trouble/difficulty/a hard time/a difficult time (in) doing sth.(有困难做某事) 例：People from the two countries do not have any difficulty in understanding each other.来自那两个国家的人们在相互理解上是没有困难的。 (2) upon/on doing sth, 一……就……
例：Upon / On hearing the unexpected news, he was so surprised that he couldn\'t say a word.一听到这个出乎意料的消息，他惊讶到说不出话来。 (3) There is no/some difficulty/trouble (in) doing sth.例：There is no difficulty in solving this social problem.解决这个社会问题毫无困难。
(4) There is no need/use harm/hurry in doing sth 例：There is no need in sending such expensive present.没有必要送这样贵重的礼物。
(5) spend some time/money (in) doing sth 例：They say children spend too much time chatting and playing games instead of focusing on their school work.他们说孩子们花太多的时间在闲聊和玩游戏上，而不是集中在学习上。 (6) It\'s no use / good/ worth doing sth 例：It’s no use talking with him.He won’t listen to you.跟他谈没用，他不会听你的。
(7) It\'s a waste of time/money/energy doing 例：It\'s a waste of time watching TV programme as this.
句型53 Not --- until 句型
(1) 陈述句 not --- until --- 直到……才
例：Last night I didn\'t go to bed until 11 o\'clock.昨晚我11点钟才睡觉。 (2) 强调句 It wasn\'t until…that...直到……才…….例：It wasn\'t until yesterday that I got your letter.我直到昨天才收到你的来信.(3) 倒装句 Not until...did...直到……才…….
例：Not until I began to work did I realize how much time I had wasted.直到我开始工作,我才意识到我已蹉跎了很多岁月.句型54 since 句型：
(1) Since + S + 过去式，S + 现在完成式
例句：Since he went to senior high school, he has worked very hard.
自从他上高中，他一直很用功。
(2) It is + --- + since S +持续性谓语动词（表否定）
例：It is three years since she lived here.她已三年不住这儿了。 (3) It is + --- + since S + 瞬间谓语动词（表肯定）
例：It is years since I stopped smoking）．我戒烟已经数年了。 句型55 让步状语从句：
(1) Adj./n./adv.+ as/ though+ Subject（主词）+ be, S + V~~~ （虽然...） 例句：Rich as our country is, the qualities of our living are by no means satisfactory.虽然我们的国家富有，我们的生活品质绝对令人不满意。 (2) No matter what等特殊疑问词...…无论什么…….例句：No matter what happens, I\'ll always stand by you.不论发生什么事,我都永远支持你.(3) However + adj/adv + S + V, 尽管……
例：You won\'t be able to do it alone, however much you try.不论你多努力，你一个人也做不来。
(4) whatever/whoever/whenever/wherever + S + V，无论什么/哪里…… 例：Wherever I am I will be thinking of you.不管我在哪里我都会想到你。 (5) whether … or not
例：Whether you like it or not, you\'ll have to do it.不管你喜欢不喜欢，你必须做这件事。 (6) even if/though 例：Even if/Even though the exercise is very difficult, you must do it.即使那练习很难，你都必须做。 句型56 违反常规的冠词位置句型：
(1) so/as/that/too/how +adj.+ a/an + n.例：He is as good a student as you.他和你一样是个好学生。 This is too difficult a problem for me.对我来说这是一个太难的问题。 You can hardly imagine how clever a boy he is.你几乎想象不到那孩子有多聪明。
(2) quite/rather/what/such/many + a/an +(adj) +n 例：She sang quite a beautiful song.她的歌唱得很漂亮。 He was such a fool as to believe what she said.他是这样的一个笨蛋以致于相信了她说的话。 (3) all/both/half/twice the + n 例：All the students in her cla like her very much.她班上所有的学生都喜欢她。 句型57 表示最高级的句型：
(1) Nothing is + ~~~ er than to + V Nothing is + more + 形容词 + than to + V 例：Nothing is more important than to receive education.
没有比接受教育更重要的事。
(2) no one (nobody, nothing)+so/as+原级＋as 例：Nobody is so blind as those who will not see.没有人像那些视而不见的人如此的瞎了。 (3) 比较级＋than+any other +名词单数 比较级＋than +anything(anyone)else 比较级＋than + any of the others 例：Bamboo probably has more uses than any other plant in the world.(4) 否定词 +比较级
例：It can’t be worse.这是最糟的
I can’t agree any more.我非常同意。 (5) be the last ---- 例：This is the last thing I want to do.这是我最不想干的事。 句型58 more --- than 句型：
(1) more --- than 与其……不如…… 例：He is more lazy than slow at his work.= He is le slow than lazy at his work.在工作上与其说他慢不如说他懒。 (2) more than 超过；不仅仅是；非常
例：These flags are more than just colorful pieces of cloth and thread sewn together.这些旗子不只是不同颜色的布料和丝线逢在一起。 (3) not more than 最多，不超过
例：They finished the project in not more than one year.在不超过一年的时间内，他们完成了那项工程。 (4) no more than 仅仅
例：The officials could see no more than the Emperor.那些官员能看到的仅仅是皇帝。 句型59 形式宾语与宾语补语句型： (1) 形式宾语代动词不定式 例：I think it neceary to explore the space.我认为探索太空是有必要的。 (2) 形式宾语代从句
例：They found it strange that no one would take the money.他们感到很奇怪谁也不要这一笔钱。
(3) 过去分词做宾语补语表示宾语被动的动作： 例：I had my pen stolen.我的笔被偷了。
(4) 现在分词做宾语补语表示宾语正在进行的动作。 例：They found her lying in bed reading a novel.他们发现她躺在床上看小说。
(5) 以名词（间或可用代词）作宾语补足语：
例：In 1849, he went to England and made London the base for his revolutionary work.1849年他到了英国，并且把伦敦作为他的革命工作的基地。 I think him an honest man.我认为他是一个诚实的人。 (6) 介词短语做宾语补语：如：
例：I can\'t find him in the office.我在办公室外没有发现他。 (7) What do you find the hardest in...你觉得……最大的困难是什么 例句：What do you find the hardest in learning English 你觉得学英语最大的困难是什么 句型60 特殊的条件句：
(1) Suppose/ Supposing ---, 假如……
例：Suppose/Supposing he is absent, what shall we do? 假如他缺席，我们怎么办？
(2) On condition that只要……；如果…… 例：I\'ll come on condition that John is invited, too.如果约翰也被邀请，我就来。
(3) provided (that)/ providing ----- 只要……
I will come provided (that) I am well enough.只要我身体好，我一定来。 You may go out providing you do your homework first.只要你先做作业，你便可以外出。 (4) so/as long as 例：As/So long as you work hard, you\'ll succeed in the end.只要你好好干，终究会成功的。 (5) 祈使句+and + 陈述句(表肯定） 例：Give him an inch and he’ll take a mile.
(= If you give him an inch, he’ll take a mile.) 他会得寸进尺的。 (6) 祈使句+ or/otherwise +陈述句 (表否定）
例：Start at once, or / otherwise you’ll mi the train.(= If you don’t start at once, …)
(= Unle you start at once, you’ll mi the train.) 立即动身，否则你会错过那班火车的。 (7) …won\'t...unle...除非……否则我不会…….例句：I won\'t write to him unle he writes to me first.我不会写信给他的,除非他先写给我.句型61 特殊的比较句型：
(1) A differs from B in that…(A不同于B在于……) 例：She differs from her sister in the colour of her eyes.她眼睛的颜色跟她姐姐不同。
(2) ...varies from person to person(……是因人而异的) 例：The opinion of the problem varies from person to person.对这个问题的看法是因人而异的。 (3) A is superior(inferior) to B.A 优越于B 例：The modal is technically superior to its competitors.这一款式在技术上优越于与之竞争的产品。
Some consider digital TV to be superior to satellite TV.(4) be different from 例：Its meaning can be completely different from the meaning of its components.它的意思有时候跟它的合成的意思完全不一样。 (5) be inferior to 例：Modern music is often considered inferior to that of the past.现代音乐常被人认为不如过去的。
(6) A and B have sth in common.A 和B 有共同点。
例：The Japanese and Chinese cultures have a lot in common.日本与中国的文化具有许多相同点。 句型62 必须背诵的There be 句型：
(1) There is no immediate solution to the problem .对于这个问题没有立即的解决的方案。
(2) There is no denying that + S + V ...（不可否认的...）
例：There is no denying that the qualities of our living have gone from bad to worse.不可否认的，我们的生活品质已经每况愈下。 (3) There is no doubt that...毫无疑问,…….
例句：There is no doubt that health is better than wealth.毫无疑问,健康胜于财富.(4) There\'s no point in...……是无意义的.例句：There\'s no point in getting angry when things have happened.对已发生的事生气是没有意义的.(5) There\'s no way...……绝不可能.例句：There\'s no way one could succeed without hard work.一个人不努力绝不可能成功.(6) There is no one but ~~~ （没有人不...）
例句：There is no one but longs to go to college.没有人不渴望上大学。
(7)There is no need/use/harm/hurry in doing sth 例：There is no need in spending money mending the broken car.没有必要花钱去修理那破车了。
There is no use in regretting when time paed by.时间过去了再后悔就没有用了。
There is no harm in using the environmentally friendly products.用环保产品是没有害处的。
There is no hurry in running to school for time is still enough.没有必要匆匆忙忙上学校，因为时间还充足呢。 (8) There no/some difficulty/trouble (in) doing sth 例：There is no trouble in selling our car.我们毫不费力地卖了我们的车。 句型63 time 句型：
(1) the first time 引导的状语从句
例：I thought her nice and honest the first time I met her.第一次我见到她时，觉得她很诚实。 (2) (the) next time 引导的状语从句
例：The harvest will have been got in (the) next time you come.你下次来时，庄稼已收好了。 (3) the last time 引导的状语从句
例：What was the name of the hotel he had stayed in the last time he was in Cairo? 他上次来开罗时往的那家旅馆叫什么来着？ (4) each time/every time 引导的状语从句
例：Every time you get back at night, you drop your shoes on the floor.每次夜间回来，你总是把你的靴子朝地上一扔。
(5) It is ／was the first／last／second ／third time ＋从句（完成时态） 例：This is the first time I have been here 这是我第一次到这儿。 (6)It is high time that sb did (should do) sth 该……的时候了。 例句：It is high time that we went to the claroom.该我们进教室的时候了。
(7) by the time + 从句 就在……时候；到……时候为止 例：We\'ll be ready by the time you get back.你回来的时候，我们将准备好了。 (8) It\'s time for sb to do sth 例：It’s time for me to log off.我该关机/下线了。 (9) It\'s time for sth 例：It\'s time for lunch.午餐的时间到了。 句型64 几种重要的表语从句句型：
(1) The point is that ...重点/关键是…….例句：The point is that you have to keep your promise to help her with her English.关键是你得遵守诺言,帮她学习英语.(2) The chance is that … 有可能……
例：The chance is that he will succeed.他很有可能成功。 (3) The fact is that … 事实是……
例：The fact is that he hasn’t yet recover from illne.事实是他还没有康复呢。
(4) The problem/question is that … 问题是……
例：The question is whether we should ask them for help.问题是我们是否应该向他请求帮助。 (5)That is --- 例：That is where Lu Xun used to live.这是鲁迅过去住过的地方。 句型65 so/such that句型
(1) so that （引导结果状语从句）结果…… 例：We were late so that the teacher was angry.我们迟到，使得教师生气了。
(2) so that = in order that （目的状语从句）以便，为了 例：I hurried so that I wouldn\'t be late for cla．
为了上课不迟到，我匆忙起来。
In order that he should not be late, his mother woke him at 6.为了使他不致迟到，他母亲在6点钟叫醒了他。
(3) so +形容词+（或a/an+ 名词）+that 如此……以致于…… 例：I\'ve been working so hard recently that I haven\'t had any time for collecting new stamps.我近来一直很忙，没时间搜集新邮票。 (4) such +名词（或an/a+形容词 + 名词）+--- that 例：It is such an unusual work of art that everyone wants to have a look at it 这是一个异乎寻常的艺术作品，人人都想看一看。 句型70 表示“也、同样”的句型 (1) too 用于肯定
例：I like the book, too.我也喜欢这本书。 (2) also 用于陈述句
例：She also speaks a little Italian.她也会说一点意大利语。 (3) either 用于否定句
例：Peter can\'t go and I can\'t either.Peter 不能去，我也不能。 (4) so 用于肯定的倒装句
例：You speak English well, so does he.你的英语讲得很好，他讲得也不错。.(5) neither/nor 用于否定的倒装句
例：I have never heard of such a thing, Neither has she.我从来没有听说这件事，她也没有。
Tom didn’t finish his homework.Nor did Jane.汤姆没有完成作业，Jane 也没有。 (6) as well 用于句末
例：He knows German as well.他也懂德语。
(7) so it is/was with = so it is/was the same with 用于包含不同种类的动词 例：Jack is a student and studies in China.So it is with Green.Jack是一个学生，在中国学习， Green也是如此。 (8) The same is true of……，
例：The music is dull and uninspiring, and the same is true of the acting.那音乐单调，缺少激情；那表演也是如此。 (9) The same can be said of…… (……也是如此).例：The same can be said of our country, also a developing one.我们的国家也是如此，一个发展中国家。 句型71 几种重要的同位语从句： (1) 由where 引导
例：The suggestion where we should build our new factory should be considered.那个我们应该在哪儿建造厂房的建议应该给予考虑。 (2) 由what引导
例：I have no idea what he did.我不知道他做了什么。 (3) 由whether 引导
例：The question whether he’ll attend the meeting is not decided.他是否会参加会议这个问题还没决定。 (4) 由who引导。
例：The question who will go abroad needs considering.谁将去国外这个问题需要考虑。 (5) 由when 引导
例：I have no idea when they will be back and settle down.我不知道他们什么时候回来定居。 (6) 由that 引导
例：The suggestion that the students should have plenty of exercise is very good.学生应该有很多练习，这个建议不错。 (7) 由how 引导
例：He can’t answer the question how he got the money.他是怎样得到那钱的，他不能回答这个问题。 (8) 由why 引导
例: We don’t understand the problem why this is the best choice.我搞不懂这个问题，为什么这是最好的选择。 句型72 with复合宾语句型 (1) with + n + adj.例：He stared at me with his mouth open.他张着嘴凝视着我。 (2) with + n + adv 例：The boy stood there, with his head down.这男孩低着头站在那。 (3) with + n + 介词短语
例：He stood with his hand in his pocket.他站着，一手插在衣袋里。 (4) with + n + 动词不定式
例：With no one to talk to, John felt miserable.由于没有可谈话的人，John觉得很悲伤。 (5) with + n + 现在分词
例：With prices going up so fast, we can\'t afford luxuries.由于物价迅猛上涨，我们买不起高当商品。 (6) with + n + 过去分词
例：With her eyes fixed on the opposite wall, she did not answer immediately.她的眼睛盯着对面的墙壁，她没有立即回答。 句型73 have 复合宾语句型： (1) have sb do sth 例：I won\'t have you say such things.我绝不会让你说这样的话。 (2) have sb doing 例：She will have you doing all the housework if you are\'re not carefully.如果你再不小心的话，她就让你做全部家务。 (3) have sth done 例：I have my hair cut every six weeks.我每六个星期剪一次头。 句型74 几个重要的目的状语从句句型： (1) in case 例：He left early in case he should mi the last train.他动身得早，以免误了最后一班火车。 (2) for fear (that) 例：He handled the instrument with care for fear (that) it should be damaged.他小心翼翼地摆弄那仪器，以防把它弄坏。 (3) so that 例：Let’s take the front seats so that we can see more clearly.让我们坐到前面的座位上，以便能看得更清楚些。 (4) in order that 例：He got up very early so that/in order that he might/could catch the early bus.为了赶上早班车，他起了个大早。 句型75 几个难掌握的主语从句和宾语从句
(1) You may take whatever(=anything/everything that)you like.你喜欢什么就拿什么。
(2) You may take whichever(=any) seat you like.你想坐哪个位置就坐哪个位置。 (3) Whoever(=Anyone who) cuts the trees down must be punished.任何一个砍树的人都必须受到惩罚。
(4) You may give the note to whomever(=anyone whom) you meet at the office.你可以把条子给你在办公室看到的任何一个人。 句型76 使用现在完成时和过去完成时的常用句型： (1) since句型：主句用完成时
例：My aunt has worked in a clinic since 1949.从1949年，我婶婶就一直在一家诊所工作。 (2) since when +完成时
例：Since when have you planted so many young trees? 从什么时候你种植了这么多小树的？
(3) This/it is the first (third...) time sb have done sth 例：This is the first time I have been here.这是我第一次到这儿。 (4) by…（到……为止）到过去某个时候为止用过去完成时，到现在为止 用现在完成时，到将来某个时候为止用将来完成时。 例：She will have finished the book by my next birthday.到我下一个生日为止，我将完成那本书。
By eleven o\'clock yesterday, we had arrived at the airport.到昨天十一点止我们就已经到达机场了。
但比较：By the time the speaker entered the hall, all the listeners were seated.就在主讲者进入大厅的时候，所有的听众都坐好了。 (5) in the past time( two days/years...) +完成时
例：In the past 10 years, there have been great changes in our family life.在过去的十年里，我们的家庭生活发生了很大的变化。 (6) hardly ...when....(no sooner ...than)句型用过去完成时 例：Hardly had I reached the school when the bell rang.我一到学校，铃子就响了。
No sooner had we sat down at the table than the phone rang.我们刚坐到桌子旁边电话就响了。 (7) 未实现的愿望打算等等用过去完成时
例：I had thought I could pa the final examination but I failed.句型77 几种特殊的状语从句句型： (1) everywhere 引导
例：Everywhere they went, they were kindly received / warmly welcomed.他们每到一处就收到热烈的欢迎。 (2) anywhere 引导
例：We’ll go anywhere the Party directs us.党指向哪我们就去哪。 (3) the way 引导
例：She is doing her work the way I like it done.她在用她喜欢的方法做她的工作。 (4) like 引导
例：The landlord was watching him like (= just as) a cat watches a mouse.那地主监视着他就像猫监视老鼠一样。 (5) immediately引导
例：I didn’t wait a moment, but came immediately you called.我一刻也没停留，你一打电话我就来的。 句型78 有关it的几个特殊句型 ：
(1) owe it to sb.that…把…归功于…
例：I owe it to you that I finished my work in time.亏你帮忙，我才及时完成了工作。 (2) take it for granted that …想当然
例：I take it for granted that they will support this idea.我认为他们会支持这个提议是理所当然的。 (3) keep it in mind that…
例：It must be kept in mind that there is no secret of succe but hard work.一定要记住的是成功的秘密是努力的工作。
(4) It can be seen from the statistics that ...从这个统计可看出…… 例句：It can be seen from the statistics that exercise is good for us.从这个统计可以看出，练习对我们是有好处的。
(5).It用在不能直接跟宾语从句的动词后面，尤其是表示好恶的动词后， enjoy, like, love, dislike, resent, hate, don\'t mind, be fond of, feel like, see to, appreciate, stand 宾语从句紧跟it之后 例 I hate it you can swim so well and I can\'t.我妒嫉你游泳那么好，而我不能。
I would appreciate it if you call me back this evening.如果你晚上给我回电话,我会非常感激.I can\'t stand it when people talk with their mouth full.我无法忍受别人说话的时候满嘴食物.(6).It用在不能直接跟宾语从句的介词后面，宾语从句紧跟it之后 （except that例外）
例：I\'m for it that you will follow their advice.我赞成你采纳他们的意见。
(7) It must be pointed out that 必须指出的是
例句：It must be pointed out that it is one of our basic State policies to control population growth while raising the quality of the population.一定要指出的是国家基本政策之一是在提高人口质量的同时控制 人口增长。
(8) It has been proved that… 有人已经证实…… 例：It has been proved that his theory is right.已经证明，他的理论是对的。 句型79 列举、说明句型：
(1) on the one hand --- ; on the other hand (2) For one thing ---; for another thing --- 例：For one thing, these shoes don\'t suit you.For another, they are too expensive.一方面,这双鞋子并不适合你;另一方面,这太贵了.(3) It is one thing to...; it is another to...做这件事是一回事；做那件事是另一回事
(4) what\'s more ---; morever ---; furthermore --- (5) Firstly ---; secondly ---; finally --- (6) In the first place ---; in the second place --- (7)First of all/to begin with ---; in addition/besides --- 句型80 总结句型：
(1) Through the above analysis(分析) 例：Through the above analysis, I believe that the positive aspects outweigh the negative ones.通过以上分析，我认为积极因素大于消极因素。 (2) To sum up,总而言之, …
例：To sum up, there are three ways of solving the problems.决而言之，解决这个问题的方法有三条。 (3) In short...总之……
例：In short, the students have not arrived at any agreement yet.总之，学生们还没有达成一致的意见。
(4) In a word , it is clear that… 总之，很明显……
例：In a word, it is clear that smoking does harm to our health.总之，很明显，抽烟对我们健康有害。
(5) On account of this we can find that … 由此我们可以知道…
例：On account of this we can find that it is not suitable for middle school students to have cell phones.由此我们可以发现中学生持有手机是不合适的。 (6) In conclusion … 结论之, …
例：In conclusion, we must take into account this problem rationally and place more emphases on peasants’ lives.
结论之，我们必须理性地考虑这个问题，对农民的生活应给予更多的重视。 (7) All in all, it is obvious that …..总之，很明显……
例：All in all, it is obvious that the government should set up different kinds of schools to meet the demands of different children.总之，很明显，政府应该建立多种不同的学校去满足不同孩子的需要。 (8) From what has been discued above/taking into account all these factors, we may safely arrive at/draw/come to/reach the conclusion that ...从以上所讨论的东西来看/考虑到所有这些因素，我们完全可以得出这样 的结论……
例：From what has been discued above/taking into account all these factors, we may safely arrive at/draw/come to/reach the conclusion that the leisure life-style is undergoing a decline with the progre of modern society, it is not neceary a bad thing.从以上所讨论的东西来看/考虑到所有这些因素，我们完全可以得出这样的结论，随着现代社会的进步，闲暇的生活方式正在减少，这未必是一件坏事。
1.随着经济的繁荣 with the booming of the economy 2.随着人民生活水平的显著提高 with the remarkable improvement of people\'s living standard 3.先进的科学技术 advanced science and technology 4.为我们日常生活增添了情趣 add much spice / flavor to our daily life 5.人们普遍认为 It is commonly believed that…
6.我同意前者(后者)观点 I give my vote to the former / latter opinion.7.引起了广泛的公众关注 Sth.has aroused wide public concern./ Sth has drawn great public attention.8.不可否认 It is undeniable that…
9.热烈的讨论/ 争论 a heated discuion / debate 10.有争议性的问题 a controversial iue 11.就我而言/ 就个人而言 As far as I am concerned, / Personally, 12.有充分的理由支持 be supported by sound reasons 13.双方的论点 argument on both sides 14.发挥日益重要作用 play an increasingly important role in… 15.对…必不可少 be indispensable to … 16.正如谚语所说 As the proverb goes: 17.对…产生有利/不利的影响 exert positive / negative effects on… 18.利远远大于弊 The advantages far outweigh the disadvantages.19.导致，引起 lead to / give rise to / contribute to / result in 20.复杂的社会现象 a complicated social phenomenon 21.责任感 / 成就感 sense of responsibility / achievement 22.竞争与合作精神 sense of competition and cooperation 23.开阔眼界 widen one\'s horizon / broaden one\'s vision 24.学习知识和技能 acquire knowledge and skills 25.经济/心理负担 financial burden / psychological burden 26.考虑到诸多因素 take many factors into consideration 27.从另一个角度 from another perspective 28.做出共同努力 make joint efforts 29.对…有益 be beneficial to / be conducive to… 30.为社会做贡献 make contributions to the society 31.打下坚实的基础 lay a solid foundation for… 32.综合素质 comprehensive quality 33.致力于/ 投身于 be committed / devoted to… 34.应当承认 Admittedly, 35.不可推卸的义务 unshakable duty 36.满足需求 satisfy / meet the needs of...37.可靠的信息源 a reliable source of information 38.宝贵的自然资源 valuable natural resources 39.因特网 the Internet (一定要由冠词，字母I 大写) 40.方便快捷 convenient and efficient 41.在人类生活的方方面面 in all aspects of human life 42.环保的材料 environmentally friendly materials 43.社会进步的体现 a symbol of society progre 44.大大方便了人们的生活 Sth has greatly facilitated people\'s lives.45.对这一问题持有不同态度 hold different attitudes towards this iue 46.在一定程度上 to some extent 47.理论和实践相结合 integrate theory with practice 48.…必然趋势 an irresistible trend of…
49.日益激烈的社会竞争 the increasingly keen social competition 50.眼前利益 immediate interest/ short-term interest 51.长远利益 long-tem interest 52.…有其自身的优缺点 … has its own merits and demerits / pros and cons 53.对…有害 do harm to / be harmful to / be detrimental to 54.交流思想/ 情感/ 信息 exchange ideas / emotions / information 55.跟上…的最新发展 keep pace with / keep abreast with the latest development of… 56.…的健康发展 the healthy development of… 57.重视 attach great importance to… 58.社会地位 social status 59.把时间和精力放在…上 focus one\'s time and energy on… 60.扩大知识面 expand one\'s scope of knowledge 61.身心两方面 both physically and mentally 62.有直接/间接关系 be directly / indirectly related to… 63.导致很多问题 give rise to / lead to / spell various problems 64.可以替代think的词 believe, claim, maintain, argue, insist, hold the opinion / belief / view that 65.缓解压力/ 减轻负担 relieve stre / burden 66.优先考虑/发展… give (top) priority to sth.67.与…比较 compared with…/ in comparison with
68.可降解的/可分解的材料 degradable / decomposable material 69.代替 replace / substitute / take the place of 70.提供就业机会 offer job opportunities 71.反映了社会进步的 mirror the social progre/advance 72.增进相互了解 enhance / promote mutual understanding 73.充分利用 make full use of / take advantage of 74.承受更大的工作压力 suffer from heavier work preure 75.保障社会稳定和繁荣 guarantee the stability and prosperity of our society 76.更多地强调 put more emphasis on… 77.适应社会发展 adapt oneself to the social development 78.实现梦想 realize one\'s dream 79.主要理由列举如下 The main / leading reasons are listed as follows: 80.我们还有很长的路要走 We still have a long way to go.
1.不用说?…
It goes without saying that子句 = (It is) needle to say (that)子句
= It is obvious that子句 = Obviously, S.+ V.例︰不用说早睡早起是值得的。
It goes without saying that it pays to keep early hours.2.…是不可能的; 无法… There is no Ving = There is no way of Ving.= There is no poibility of Ving.= It is impoible to V.= It is out of the question to V.= No one can V.= We cannot V.例︰不可否认的?成功的事业关键在于健康的身心。
There is not denying that succefulbusine lies in a healthy body and mind.3.我深信…
I am greatly convinced (that)子句 = I am greatly aured (that)子句
例︰我深信预防是于治疗。
I am greatly convinced that prevention is better than cure.4.在各种…之中?…
Among various kinds of …, … = Of all the …, …
例︰在各种运动中?我尤其喜欢慢跑。
Among various kinds of sports, I like jogging in particular.5.…是很容易证明的。
It can be easily proved (that)子句
例︰时间最珍贵是很容易证明的。
It can be easily proved that nothing is more precious than time.6.…无论如何强调都不为过 … cannot be overemphasized
例︰交通安全的重要性无论如何强调都不为过。
The importance of traffic safety cannot be overemphasized.7.就我的看法?…；我认为… In my opinion, … = To my mind, ….
= As far as I am concerned, … = I am of the opinion that子句
例︰就我的看法?打电动玩具既花费时间也有害健康。
In my opinion, playing video gamesnot only takes much time but is also harmful to health.8.(A) 每个人都知道… Everyone knows (that)子句
(B) 就我所知?…
As far as my knowledge is concerned, … 例︰就我所知?下列方法对我帮助很大。
As far as my knowledge is concerned, the following ways are of great help to me.9.毫无疑问地?…
There is no doubt (that)子句
例︰毫无疑问地?近视在我国的年轻人中是一个严重的问题。
There is no doubt that near-sightedne is a serious problem among the youth of our country.10.根据我个人经验?…
According to my personal experience, … = Based on my personal experience, …
例︰根据我个人经验?微笑已带给我许多好处。
According to my personal experience, smile has done me a lot of good.11.在我认识的人当中?也许没有一个人比…更值得我尊敬。
Of all the people I know, perhaps non deserves my respect more than …
例︰在我认识的人当中?也许没有一个人比我的英文老师张老师更值得我尊敬。
Of all the people I know, perhaps non deserves my respect more than Mi Chang, my English teacher.12.在我的求学过程中?我忘不了…
In the course of my schooling.I willnever forget …
例︰在我的求学过程中?我忘不了学习英文所遭到的大困难。
In the course of my schooling.I willnever forget the great difficulty I encountered in learning English.13.(A) 随着人口的增加?… With the increase/growth of the population, … (B) 随着科技的进步, … With the advance of science and technology,…
例︰随着台湾经济的快速发展?许多社会问题产生了。
With the rapid development of Taiwan\'s economy, a lot of social problems have come to pa.14.(A) 在这信息的年代?…扮演重要的角色。
In the age of information and communication, … plays an important role.(B) 在今日工业社会中?…是生命不可或缺的。
In today\'s industrial society, … is indispensable to life.例︰在这信息的年代?计算机扮演非常重要的角色。
In this age of information and communication, the computer playsan extremely important role.15.在讨论…?一个人不得不承认…。
In dealing with …, one cannot but admit (that)子句
例︰在讨论未来的职业?一个人不得不承认尽早决定未来的职业很重要。
In dealing with one\'s future career, one cannot but admit that it is very important to decide one\'s future career as early as poible.16.世上没有什么比…更令我高兴。
Nothing in the world can delight meso much as … 例︰世上没有什么比到快餐店吃汉堡更令我高兴。
Nothing in the world can delight meso much as having hamburgers in fast-food restaurants.17.… 是必要的 It is neceary that S (should) V … 是重要的 It is important/eential that S (should) V … 是适当的 It is proper that S (should) V … 是紧急的 It is urgent that S (should) V 例︰我们当保持公共场所清洁是应当的。
It is proper that we (should) keep the public places clean.18.每当我听到…?我就忍不住感到兴奋。Whenever I hear …, I cannot but feel excited.每当我做…? 我就忍不住感到悲伤。 Whenever I do …, I cannot butfeel sad.
每当我想到…?我就忍不住感到紧张。Whenever I think of …, I cannot but feel nervous.每当我遭遇…?我就忍不住感到害怕。Whenever I meet with …, I cannot but feel frightened.每当我看到… 我就忍不住感到惊讶。Whenever I see …, I cannot but feel surprised.例︰每当我想到我家附近那一条清澈的小溪?我就忍不住感到悲伤。
Whenever I think of the clean brooknear my home, I cannot but feel sad.= Every time I think of the clean brook near my home, I cannot help feeling sad.19.据说… It is said (that)子句 一般认为… It is thought (that)子句 大家都知道… It is known (that)子句 据报导… It is reported (that)子句 一般预料… It is expected (that)子句 一般估计… It is estimated (that)子句 一般相信… It is believed (that)子句
例︰一般相信阅读增加我们的知识、扩大我们的心胸。
It is believed (that) reading increases our knowledge and broadens our mind.20.…的主要理由是…
The main reason why …..is (that)子句
例︰青少年犯罪的主要理由是社会环境日一败坏。
The main reason why the juveniles commit crimes is that social environment is becoming worse.21.俗语说得好：「…」。 Well goes an old saying, \"…\"
= As an old saying goes(runs, says),\"…\" = An old saying goes, \"…\" = It\'s an old saying (that)子句
例︰俗话说得好：「诚实为上策」。
As an old saying goes, \"Honesty is the best policy.\" 22.(A) …用下列方法… … in the following ways.(B) …有三个主要理由。 … for three major reasons.
(C) 要…?至少我们可做三件事。 To …, there are at least three things we can do.例︰(A) 我用下列方法增加信心。
I increase my confidence in the following ways.(B) 人们学外语有三个理由。
People learn a foreign language forthree major reasons.(C) 为了维护健康?我们每天至少可做三件事。
To keep healthy, there are at least three things we can do every day.II.用于文章承转句 23.那就是(说)…；亦即… That is to say, … = That is, … = Namely, …
例︰我们生活需有规律。也就是说?早睡早起?戒除烟酒。
We need to live a regular life.That is, we can keep good hours and refrain from smoking and drinking in the daily activities.24.(A) 基于这个理由?… For this reason, … (B) 为了这个目的?… For this purpose, …
例︰基于这个理由?我已决定把行医作为未来的职业。
For this reason, I have decided to take practicing medicine as my future career.25.我们有理由相信…
We have reasons to believe (that)子句
例︰我们有理由相信体罚应该严格禁止。
We have reasons to believe that corporal punishment should be strictly prohibited.26.事实上?…
As a matter of fact, … = In fact, …
例︰事实上?健康才是最重要。
As a matter of fact, it is health that counts.27.(A) 例如?… For example, … (B) 拿…做例子 Take … for example.
例︰例如?我们盲目地提高生活水准?却降低生活品质。
For example, we elevate the living standards blindly, but lower the quality of life.28.此外?我们不应忽视…
Besides (In addition), we should notneglect …
例︰此外?我们不应忽视每个人都想要一个温馨祥和的社会。
In addition, we should not neglect that everyone wants a friendly and peaceful society.29.相反地?…
on the contrary, … = by contrast, …
例︰相反地?少数学生似乎还在鬼混。
On the contrary, a few students, it seems, are still fooling around.30.另一方面?…
on the other hand, …
例︰政府应严格执法?另一方面?大众也应该培养减少污染的好习惯。
The government should enforce laws strictly.On the other hand, thepublic also should develop the goodhabit of reducing pollution.31.然而?很可惜的是… However, it is a pity that子句
例︰然而?很可惜的是他总是临时抱佛脚。
However, it is a pity that he should always cram at the eleventh hour.32.换言之?… in other words, … = to put it differently 例︰换言之?我会尽最大的努力达成我的目标。
In other words, I will try my best toattain (gain, live up to) my goal.33.别人可能认为这是事实?但我不是。我认为…
It may be true as aumed by others, but I don\'t.I believe that子句 例︰别人可能认为这是事实?但我不是。我认为… It may be true as aumed by others, but I don\'t.I believe that if you have strong determination and perseverance, the succe will certainly come to you in the end.34.从此之后?我已发现…
Ever since then, I have found that子句
例︰从此之后?我已发现…
Ever since then, I have found smile the best way to avoid any poible conflicts in our daily lives.35.这样说来?假如...?当然毫无疑问地…。
In this light, if…, there can surely be no doubt (that) 子句
例︰这样说来?假如我们能善用时间?当然毫无疑问地我们会成功。
In this light, if we can make good use of time, there can surely be no doubt that we will get somewhere.36.更严重的是?…。
What is more serious is (that)子句
例︰更严重的是?我们不珍惜野生动物。
What is more serious is that we do not cherish the wildlife.37.鉴于社会的实际需要?…。
In view of the practical need of society, ….
例︰鉴于社会的实际需要?愈来愈多人对学英语有兴趣。
In view of the practical need of society, there are more and more people interested in learning English.III.用于文章结论句
38.如果能实践这三点?…。
If one can really put the three points into action (practice), … 例︰如果能实践这三点?…。
If one can really put the three points into action(practice), he will surely be able to live a healthy and happy life.39.做这些简单之事?我们一定可以…。
By doing these simple things, we surely can ….
例︰做这些简单之事?我们一定可以快乐出门平安回家。
By doing these simple things, we surely can go out of the door happily and come back home safe every day.40.如此?我相信…。
In this way, I believe (that)子句
例︰如此?我相信大家能够像我一样?享受乘坐公车的乐趣。
In this way, I believe that all the people may be able to enjoy the bus ride like me.41.实践这些?…。
By putting them (the above) into practice, ….例︰实践这些?在智育方面我一直能不断进步。
By putting them(the above) into practice, I have been able to make constant progre in intellectual education.42.(A) 唯有符合此三项要求?我们才能…。
Only by living up to the three requirements, can we ….(B) 唯有通力合作?我们才能…。
Only with combined efforts, can we….
例︰唯有通力合作?我们才能期望台湾不久有新的面貌。
Only with combined efforts, can we expect Taiwan to take a new face in due course.43.最后?但并非最不重要?…。 Last but no least, ….
例︰最后?但并非最不重要?教育上的缺失是助长青少年犯罪的原因。
Last but no least, the shortcoming in education is the cause contributing to juvenile delinquency.44.这证据显示～的重要性在怎么强调都不为过。
This evidence shows that the importance of ～ cannot be overemphasized.例︰这证据显示交通安全的重要性在怎么强调都不为过。
This evidence shows that the importance of traffic safety cannot be overemphasized.45.由于这些理由?我…。 For these reasons, I ….
例︰由于这些理由?我认为在台湾接受大学教育是明智的。
For these reasons, I think that receiving college education in Taiwan is wise.46.总而言之?…。 In conclusion, … = To sum up, …
例︰总而言之?好国民应该遵守交通规则。
In conclusion, a good citizen should abide by traffic regulations.47.因此?我们能下个结论?那就是…。
We can, therefore, come to the conclusion (that)子句
例︰因此?我们能下个结论?那就是世上自由罪珍贵。
We can, therefore, come to the conclusion that nothing is so precious as freedom in the world.48.如果我们能做到如上所述?毫无疑问地?…。
If we can do as mentioned above, there can be no doubt (that)子句
例︰如果我们能做到如上所述?毫无疑问地?我们就能精通英语。
If we can do as mentioned above, there can be no doubt that we can master English 49.因此?这就是…的原因。 Thus, this is the reason why ….例︰因此?这就是我重感冒的原因。
Thus, this is the reason why I caught a bad cold.50.所以?我们应该了解…。
Therefore, we should realize (that)子句
例︰所以?我们应该了解学英文不能没有字典。
Therefore, we should realize that in learning English we cannot do without a dictionary.51.因此?由上列的讨论我们可以明了…。
We, therefore, can make clear fromthe above discuion (that)子句
例︰因此?由上列的讨论我们可以明了毅力可以克服任何困难。
We, therefore, can make clear fromthe above discuion that perseverance can overcome any difficulty.52.1.从～观点来看?…。 From the ～ point of view, ….2.根据～的看法?…。 According to ～ point of view, ….例︰从政治的观点来看?这是一个很复杂的问题。 From the political point
推荐第7篇：英语句型
句型宝典
疑问句型 What is this? 结构︰问句：What＋be 动词＋this（that„）？
答句：This（that„）＋be 动词＋a book（pen„）。
说明︰此句型意为“这（那）是什么？这（那）是书（钢笔„）”。what（什么）叫做“疑问词”，用于询问“事物”，通常放在句首，后接 be ，再接，第一个字母 w要大写，句尾要加问号(?)，位置不可排错。
What is this? This is a chair. 这是什么？这是一张椅子。
What’s this? It’s a book.
这是什么？它是一本书。
What is that? That is a desk. 那是什么？那是一张书桌。 What are these? 结构︰问句：What are＋these／those„？
答句：These／Those are＋复数名词（＋s／es）。
说明︰与的形式要一致，is 后面接单数，are 后面要接复数。
What are these? These are books.
这些是什么？这些是书。
What are those? Those are cups.
那些是什么？那些是茶杯。
What are they? They are glaes.
它们是什么？它们是玻璃杯。 What are you? 结构︰问句：What＋be 动词＋主词（人）„？
答句：主词＋be 动词＋a student„。
说明︰此句型意为“你是做什么事情的？我是学生„”。疑问词 what 除了询问事物之外，还可用于询问“人的职业或身分”。be 随的变化而改变形态，如：I am，we are，you are，he is„。
What are you? I am a student.
你是做什么事情的？我是一名学生。
What is she? She is a teacher.
她是做什么事情的？她是一名教师。 Are you a ...? 结构︰问句：Be 动词（am，are，is）＋主词＋„？
肯定简答：Yes，主词＋am（are，is）。
否定简答：No，主词＋am（are，is）not。
说明︰在否定中，和 am，is，are 可以缩写；在肯定中则不可。
Is he a student? Yes, he is.(No, he isn’t.)
他是学生吗？是的，他是。（不，他不是。）
Are you a teacher? Yes, I am.(No, I’m not.) 你是教师吗？是的，我是。（不，我不是。）
Is that a clock? Yes, it is.(No, it isn’t.) 那是钟表吗？是的，它是。（不，它不是。） What is your name? 结构︰问句：What＋is＋所有格＋name?
答句：所有格＋name＋is＋名字。
1 / 103 说明︰“my，your，his，her”为单数人称的；后面必接，即“＋”；不可与 a，an，this，that，these 或 those 紧接一起使用。
What is your name? My name is Sue.
妳叫什么名字？我的名字叫苏。
What is his name? His name is John.
他叫什么名字？他的名字叫约翰。
What is her name? Her name is Jean.
她叫什么名字？她的名字叫珍。 Who is that ...? 结构︰问句：Who＋be 动词＋that＋形容词＋名词？
答句：That is＋名字。
说明︰Who 是，询问人的“姓名”或“关系”；将直接放在前面，叫做“前位修饰”。
Who is that short boy? That is Bill.
那位矮男孩是谁？那位是比尔。
Who is that tall girl? That is Mary.
那位高女孩是谁？那位是玛丽。
Who is that fat man? He is my uncle. 那位胖男子是谁？那位是我叔叔。 Where is ...? 结构︰问句：Where＋be 动词（am，are，is）＋主词„？
答句：主词＋be 动词＋in the＋名词„。
说明︰问句是“Where ...?”，简答时可用“In／On the＋”。
Where is Sue? She is in her room.
苏在那里？她在她的房间里。
Where are your books? On the desk.
你的书在那里？在书桌上。
Where is your mother? She is in the kitchen.
你妈吗在哪里？她在厨房里。 Are you V-ing ...? 结构︰Am（Are，Is）＋主词＋现在分词„？
说明︰此句型意为“（人，物）正在„吗？”。这一转换的三要素是：be 移到句首；改为大写；句尾用问号。
Is Mary sleeping?
玛丽正在睡觉吗？
Are you reading a book?
你正在看书吗？
Is the dog playing?
小狗正在玩耍吗？ What are you doing? 结构︰问句：What＋am（are，is）＋主词＋现在分词？
答句：主词＋am（are，is）＋现在分词„。
说明︰“（人）正在做什么？（人）正在„”。注意：的动词只能用原形，不可造；表示“瞬间产生”的动作的，如 sit down，stand up，不可造。
What am I doing? You are reading a book.
我正在做什么？ 你正在阅读一本书。
What are the girls doing? They are singing.
姑娘们正在做什么？ 她们在唱歌。
What is Bill writing? He is writing a letter.
比尔在写什么？ 他在写一封信。 How old are you?
2 / 103 结构︰问句：How old＋be 动词＋主词（某人）？
答句：主词（某人）＋be 动词＋year(s) old。
说明︰此句型意为“某人几岁？某人是„岁”。该句型中，要用 how，不可用 what；且 be （am，is，are）要和后面的(某人)配合；答句中的“year(s) old”可以省略。
How old are you? I am twelve (years old).
你几岁？我十二岁。
How old is your sister? She is thirteen years old.
你的姊妹几岁？她十三岁。
How old is John? He is one year old. 约翰几岁？他一岁。 What time is it? 结构︰问句：What time is it？
答句：It is＋数字＋o’clock。
说明︰此句型意为“现在是几点钟？现在是„点钟”。问句中 what 当，修饰后面的 time；time 当时间解时，只能用单数，不可用复数。
What time is it? It is ten o’clock.
现在是几点钟？现在是十点钟。
What time is it? It is six o’clock.
现在是几点钟？现在是六点钟。
What time is it? It is nine o’clock.
现在是几点钟？现在是九点钟。 Do you + V ...? 结构︰问句：Do／Does＋主词＋原形动词„？
肯定简答：Yes，主词＋do／does。
否定简答：No，主词＋don’t／doesn’t。
说明︰肯定句中，如有一般（speak，work，teach„），则在句首加 do 或 does，并将一般改为原形（不加s或es），即构成。
Do you speak English? Yes, I do.(No, I don’t.)
你讲英语吗？是的，我讲英语。（不，我不讲英语。）
Does she have a cat? Yes, she does.(No, she doesn’t.)
她有一只猫吗？是的，她有一只猫。（不，她没有一只猫。）
Do they work in office? Yes, they do.(No, they don’t.)
他们在办公室里工作吗？是的，他们在办公室里工作。（不，他们不在办公室里工作。） What time do you + V ...? 结构︰问句：What time＋do／does＋主词＋原形动词„？
答句：主词（某人）＋一般动词„＋时间。
说明︰此句型意为“某人几点做某事？” do 或 does 的选择依而定，若为第三人称单数，用 does；其它用 do。
What time do you get up? I usually get up at six. 你几点起床？我通常六点起床。
What time does he go to bed? He usually goes to bed at ten.他几点就寝？他通常十点就寝。
What time does your cla begin? It begins at eight-ten.
你的课几点开始？八点十分开始。 What day is today?
结构︰问句：What day is today？
3 / 103
答句：It’s＋Sunday／Monday／„。
说明︰此句型意为“今天是星期几？今天是星期日／星期一／„。”it 可用于指“星期的名称”，但 this或 that 不可以；一星期七天的名称，都是，开头的首字母要大写，前面不加。
What day is today? It’s Sunday.
今天是星期几？今天是星期日。
What day is today? It’s Wednesday.
今天是星期几？今天是星期三。
What day is today? It’s Saturday.
今天是星期几？今天是星期六。 How many N are there ...结构︰问句：How many＋复数名词＋are there in／on＋名词？
答句：There is／are＋单数（复数）名词＋in／on＋名词。
说明︰此句型意为“在某处有多少„？在某处有„。”该句型中，many 修饰复数；又因本句型是 ，故用 are there，不可用 there are。
How many seasons are there in a year? There are four seasons in a year.
一年有几个季节？ 一年有四季。
How many days are there in a week? There are seven days in a week.
一星期有几天？ 一星期有七天。
How many leons are there in this book? There are twelve leons in this book.
这本书里有几课？ 这本书里有十二课。 How many ...do you have? 结构︰问句：How many＋复数名词＋do／does＋主词＋have？
答句：主词＋have／has„＋复数名词＋„。
答句：主词＋don’t／doesn’t have„＋复数名词„。
说明︰“How many”后面接复数，复数的前面可用 many，a lot of，a few，some，few，any，no 等修饰。
How many books do you have? I have a lot of books.(I don’t have any books.)
你有几本书？ 我有许多书。（我没有书。）
How many sweaters do you have? I have three sweaters.(I don’t have any sweaters.)
你有几件毛衣？ 我有三件毛衣。（我没有毛衣。）
How many friends does she have? She has a lot of friends.(She doesn’t have many friends.)
她有几个朋友？ 她有许多朋友。（她没有许多朋友。） How much ...do you have? 结构︰问句：How much＋单数不可数名词＋do／does＋主词＋have？
答句：主词＋have／has„＋单数不可数名词。
答句：主词＋don’t／doesn’t have„＋单数不可数名词。
说明︰“How much”后面接单数，单数前面可用 much， a little，some，little，any，no 等修饰。
How much tea does he have? He has a lot of tea.(He doesn’t have any tea.)
4 / 103
他有多少茶？ 他有很多茶。（他没有茶。）
How much homework do they have? They have a lot of homework.(They don’t have much homework.) 他们有多少家庭作业？ 他们有许多家庭作业。（他们没有许多家庭作业。）
How much fruit do they have? They have a lot of fruit.(They don’t have a lot of fruit.)
他们有多少水果？ 他们有许多水果。（他们没有许多水果。） How much do(es) ...cost? 结构︰How much do（es）＋某物＋cost„？
说明︰此句型意为“某物值多少钱？”。how much 用来询问商品的价格。还可以写作：“How much＋ be ＋某物？"。
How much does this computer cost? (=How much is this computer?)这部计算机值多少钱？
How much do the vegetables cost? 这些蔬菜值多少钱？
How much do the movie tickets cost? 这些电影票值多少钱？ Did ...V ...结构︰Did＋主词＋原形动词＋„过去时间？
说明︰将肯定句中的过去式改为“Did＋原形”，并将 Did 放在句首，句尾用问号，即构成过去式的。
Did he clean the room yesterday? 他昨天打扫房间吗？
Did she wash the skirt yesterday? 她昨天洗这裙子吗？
Did your brother play in the park this morning? 你弟弟今天上午在公园玩耍吗？
Did he eat lunch yesterday? 他昨天吃午饭吗？
Did you see any elephants in the zoo last week? 上星期你在动物园里看到大象了吗？
Did Sue have her breakfast at eight? 苏在八点钟吃过早餐了吗？ Do you ever + V ...? 结构︰问句：Do／Does＋主词＋ever＋原形动词„？
答句：No，主词＋never＋一般动词（加s或es）„。
说明︰ever 通常用于，never 通常用于否定回答；never 也可放在句首，后接原形 ，形成否定，如例句4。
Do you ever use a computer? No, I never use a computer.你曾经使用计算机吗？不，我未曾使用过计算机。
Does Tom ever get up late? No, Tom never gets up late.
汤姆曾经晚起床吗？不，汤姆未曾晚起床过。
Does Sally ever play the piano? No, Sally never plays the piano.
萨莉曾经弹钢琴吗？不，萨莉未曾弹过钢琴。
Never be late for school, Bill. 比尔，上学绝不可迟到。 What year was he born in? 结构︰What date／year＋was／were＋主词＋born＋on／in？
5 / 103 说明︰此句型意为“你出生于几月几日（那一年）？”。born 是 bear 的过去，在文法上当 ，前面常有 was 或 were；中文说“某人出生”，英语应说：“某人＋was／were born„”。
What year were you born in? 你出生于那一年？
What date was your mother born on? 你母亲出生于几月几日？
What month was your sister born in? 你妹妹出生于几月？ What will you do on ...? 结构︰What will／did＋主词＋do＋on＋时间？
说明︰此句型意为“某人在某时间将做什么？（未来式）某人在某时做了什么事？（过去式）”。指特定的日期（如几月几日）、星期几或星期几的早上（下午，晚上），要用介系词on。
What will you do on Teacher’s Day? 你在教师节将做什么事？
What will they do on Christmas Eve? 他们在圣诞夜将做什么事？
What will Helen do on her birthday? 海伦在她生日那天将做什么事？
What did John do on New Year’s Day? 约翰在元旦做了什么事？
What did Mary do on Youth Day? 玛丽在青年节做了什么事？
What did the suspect do on July ninth? 嫌疑犯在七月九日做了什么事情？ How do you + V ...? 结构︰问句：How＋do＋主词＋一般动词„？
答句：主词＋一般动词„＋情状副词。
说明︰How 是问情况的，表示“怎样„？”。用于说明“状态或性质”的副词，称为 。当用来修饰时，位于其后；当用来修饰时，位于的前面或后面。
How did you do your work? I did my work happily.你怎样做你的工作？ 我很快乐地做了我的工作。
How did Mrs.Lin look at Mr.Lin? She looked at Mr.Lin coldly.
林太太怎样注视林先生？ 她冷漠地注视林先生。
How does Mr.Wang drive his taxi? He drives his taxi carefully.
王先生怎样驾驶他的出租车？ 他小心地驾驶他的出租车。 You are ..., aren’t you?
结构︰肯定句，＋否定式助动词＋主词？
说明︰这是一种反意，其结构特点是：第一部分是肯定式，第二部分就用否定式。直述句的是时，附加问句的要用代替：it 代替 this， that，(当)或(当)等；they 代替 these，those， people 等。下列的否定缩写式较易弄错：will not－>won’t；would not－>wouldn’t；should not－>shouldn’t；can not－>can’t；could not－>couldn’t； might not－>mightn’t；ought not－>oughtn’t。直述句有一般现在式，则附加问句用 do 或 does 代替；有一般过去式，则附加问句用 did 代替。
They’re ready, aren’t they?（读降调）他们准备好了吧？（读升调）他们准备好了，不是吗？
6 / 103
Mike has a car, doesn’t he?（读降调）麦克有辆车，是吧？（读升调）麦克有辆车，不是吗？
The secretary typed the letter, didn’t she?
是秘书打了这封信，不是吗？
They will go to Europe, won’t they?
他们将去欧洲，不是吗？
You are the teacher, aren’t you?
你就是老师，不是吗？
I suppose you have been in our woods, haven’t you?我推想你在我们的森林里呆过，不是吗？
I know he had a good time last night, didn’t he? 我知道他昨天晚上玩得很愉快，不是吗？
The wall plug is broken, isn’t it?
墙上的插座坏了，不是吗？
Clean parks are beautiful, aren’t they? 干净的公园是美丽的，不是吗？
You can do it, can’t you?
你会做它，不是吗？
We should rise early, shouldn’t we?
我们应该早起，不是吗？ He isn’t ..., is he?
结构︰否定句，＋肯定式助动词＋主词？
说明︰这是另一种反意。否定结构在第一部分，第二部分就要用肯定结构。对反意的回答和对否定式一般一样，要看答句。
He isn’t a manager, is he? －- Yes, he is.(No, he isn’t.)
他不是经理，是吧？－－不，他是经理。（是的，他不是经理。）
Mike doesn’t have a car, does he? 麦克没有车，是吗？
The secretary didn’t type the letter, did she? 秘书没有打过这封信，是吗？
They won’t go to Europe, will they? 他们不会去欧洲，是吗？
You aren’t the teacher, are you?
你不是老师，是吗？
I don’t think he can answer the question, can he? 我想他无法回答这个问题，是吗？ What in the world ...? 结构︰疑问词＋in the world／on earth／ever＋其他
说明︰此句型意为“究竟„？到底„？”。这是特殊的强调说法。in the world，on earth 和 ever是强调疑问词的。
How in the world will he do it?
他到底将如何做这件事？
What in the world do you mean?
你的意思究竟是什么？
How on earth did you know it?
你到底是怎么知道的？
Who on earth told you that?
那件事究竟是谁告诉你的？
Where ever did you lose it?
你到底在哪儿丢的呀？
What in the world are they hoping for?
他们到底想要什么？ Are you ...or ...? 结构︰一般疑问句（读升调）＋or＋一般疑问句（读降调）
说明︰此句型意为“是„还是„？"。这是选择，前面都是一般，后面的问句如与前面有相同的部分，都可以省略。
Shall we come to see you or will you come to see us?
7 / 103 是我们来找你们，还是你们来找我们？
Are you from the America or from the England?
您是美国人还是英国人？
Will he go on Monday or on Tuesday?
他是星期一走还是星期二走？
Would you like coffee or tea?
你是要咖啡还是茶？ What ..., + A or B? 结构︰特殊疑问句(读降调)，＋A（读升调）or B（读降调）
说明︰这种选择使用得相当广泛，其特点是：前面的特殊已经明确地指出了要问的内容，再补充几项具体事物让对方做出肯定的答复。其语调是“降-升-降”调。
What would you like － coffee or tea?
你要什么？咖啡还是茶？
Which would you rather to buy － silk or cotton? 您想买什么？丝还是棉？
Where did you go: to Tianjin or to Beijing? 您去了哪里？天津还是北京？ When will you go to the Fair, tomorrow or some other day?
你何时去交易会？明天还是另找哪一天？ ...what/which ...结构︰主要子句＋疑问词（what／how／which／why 等）＋子句
说明︰这是间接。疑问词后面的语句采用正常词序，不采用特殊所用的倒装词序。全句末尾大多用句点，但也有用问号的。直接问句改为间接问句或间接句时，原先的要改为肯定句或的顺序；如 will，should，would， must，may，can 等，须照抄，不可去掉；如 do，does，did，必须去掉，再将它后面的原形改为适当的形式。
I’d like to know how old the manager is.
我想知道经理有多大年纪。
He inquired how it was done.
他问这事做得怎么样了。
Please advise me which item I should buy.
请问我该先买哪个品种。
Tell me why it is so important?
告诉我为什么此事这么重要？
They do not know what the words mean. 他们不知道这些字的意思是什么。
Tell me what happened yesterday. 告诉我昨天所发生的事。
What they talked about is what we want to know.他们谈论什么是我们所想要知道的事。
She washed her hair every night and measured how much it grew in a week.
她每晚洗头发，而且量量看一星期长多少。
You will never know how much your encouragement meant to me.
你决不会知道你的鼓励对我多么有意义。 ...whether / if ...结构︰主要子句＋whether／if＋子句
说明︰此句型意为“„是否„”。口语中使用 if 较为普遍。如果子句中带有 or not 等词，则只能用 whether；另外，whether 不能引导否定的间接，而 if 则可以。
He asked me the question whether the price was too high. 他问我价格是否太高。
They asked him whether the quality is fine or not. 他们问他质量是否好。
8 / 103
Tell me whether you like this color. 告诉我你喜不喜欢这种颜色。
Tell me if it doesn’t rain. 告诉我是否下不了雨。
Ask him if it is true.
问他那是不是真的。
I wonder if he is in the school. 我想知道他是否在学校。 Do you know if/where ...结构︰一般疑问句＋疑问词（what／where／when 等）＋子句
说明︰此句为双重。疑问词后面采用正常词序，不用倒装词序。
Can you tell me where the teacher has gone? 你能告诉我老师到哪里去了吗？
Have you any idea where he comes from? 他是哪里人，您知道不知道？
Do you know if they like this new item? 你知道他们是否喜欢这个新品种？
Do you know who wants to go with me? 你知道谁想跟我一起去吗？
Do you know when the train will leave? 你知道火车何时开吗？
Can you tell me how much you earn a month? 你能告诉我你一个月赚多少吗？ He is ..., is he? 结构︰肯定式陈述句＋肯定式反问句
说明︰这种疑问的前后一致，都是肯定式结构。后一部分进一步强调前一部分的内容，是不需要回答的一种修辞方式。
We are old friends, not strangers, right?
我们是老朋友了，不是陌生人，是吗？
He’s a capable busineman, is he?
他是一位很有能力的业务员，可不是吗？
So you come importing Chinese textiles, do you? 原来你是来进口中国纺织品的，是么？
So you’ve been to Shanghai, have you? 原来你去过上海，是吧？ ...what ...? 结构︰„疑问词（在句中任何位置上）„
说明︰疑问词不是位于句子开头，而是在句子中任何位置上，这种方法十分简单，因此在口语中经常出现。
Two times what number makes ten? 什么数的两倍是十？
You will go where?
你要到哪里去？
You are twenty-what this year?
你今年二十几岁？
He’s your who? 他是你什么人？ What/How about + N/V-ing? 结构︰What／How about＋名词／动名词？
说明︰此句型意为“„如何？”。这是征求对方意见或提议的委婉说法。
What about the name Smith? 史密斯这个名字怎么样？
What about going to a movie? 去看场电影如何？
What about lending me some money?
借点钱给我如何？
What about washing the car on Sunday?
礼拜天洗车怎么样？
How about the others? 剩余的怎么样？
9 / 103
How about a drink? 来一杯吧？
How about a cup of coffee at a nearby coffee shop? 去附近的咖啡屋喝杯咖啡吧？ What if ...? 结构︰What if＋主词＋动词
说明︰此句型意为“如果„的话怎么办呢？”。但经常用于反语，有时也变成“即使„也没关系”之意。
What if it is true?
如果这是真的又该如何呢？
What if he doesn’t agree? 如果他不同意该怎么办呢？
What if he comes back now? 如果他现在回来怎么办？
What if the boy’s parents should die? 如果那男孩的父母死了该怎么办呢？
What if I fail! 即使我失败了又怎样！ What ...for? 结构︰What＋助动词＋主词＋动词„＋for？
说明︰此句型意为“为什么„？”。相当于“For what„？”
What are you running for? 你为什么在跑步？
What do you want it for?
你为什么要那个？
What did they go there for? 他们为什么去那里？ How else ...? 结构︰How else＋助动词＋主词＋助动词？ 说明︰此句型意为“„还有别的方法吗？”。
How else should a father in this modern world expre his affection and concern for his own son?
现代这个世界上，父亲还应该有别的方法来对自己的儿子表示爱护和关心吗？
How else can the doctor save him?
医院还有别的方法可以救他吗？
How else can I apologize for her?
我还能有别的方法可以向她道歉吗？ 假设法句型
If + Present Tense ..., S + will/shall + V ...结构︰If＋现在式„，S＋未来式„
说明︰if 子句用现在式，表示须具备的条件，主句用未来式表示可能的结果，整句含意为“如果„，那么„”。will 用于所有的人称，在 I 和 we 之后可用 shall 代替 will。若主句的主词为 I 或 we 时，可以用 shall 代替 will。像 if neceary（如果需要），if poible（如果可能），if so（如果这样）等固定词组实际上是省略了的 if 子句。
If I lose my job, I will/shall go abroad.
如果我失业了，我就出国。
If I have a headache, I will take an aspirin.
如果我头痛，我就服一片阿斯匹林。
If it rains, we will stay at home. 如果下雨，我们将待在家里。
If the weather clears, we’ll go for a walk. 如果天晴，我们就去散步。
If the weather doesn’t clear, we won’t go for a walk. 如果天不晴，我们就不去散步。
Inflation may be rising, if (it is) so, prices will go up.
10 / 103 通货膨胀率可能上升。如果是这样，物价就会上涨。
If poible, She wants to go with us.
可能的话，她想跟我们一起去。
Sterling may fall, if (this should be) so, interest rates will rise.
英国货币可能贬值，如果果真如此，利率就会上升。 If + Present Tense ..., S + Modal Verb ...结构︰If + 现在式，主词＋情态助动词
说明︰本句型实为句型之变体。之所以用情态助动词，主要是因为说话者对可能的结果不是太肯定或者是想表达例如必要的意思。
If it is fine tomorrow, we can go out.
如果明天天气好，我门可以出门。
If it is fine tomorrow, we could go out.
如果明天天气好，我门能够出门。
If it is fine tomorrow, we may go out.
如果明天天气好，我门可能出门。
If it is fine tomorrow, we might go out.
如果明天天气好，我门可能出门。
If it is fine tomorrow, we should go out.
如果明天天气好，我门宜于出门。
If it is fine tomorrow, we ought to go out.
如果明天天气好，我门宜于出门。
If it is fine tomorrow, we must go out. 如果明天天气好，我门必须出门。 If I should ..., Imperative Sentence.结构︰If I＋should ...＋祈使语气
说明︰代替，增加了条件的不确定性。本句型常用在想礼貌地提出要求或建议，或者想圆通地告诉他人该做什么事的场合。用 should 起始句子即可不用 if 而表示条件。这种用法比较正式，常用于诸如公函之中，而不用于日常会话。
If you should see him, please give him my regards. 如果你见到他，请代我向他致意。
Should you see him, please give him my regards. 如果你见到他，请代我向他致意。
If you should happen to see him, please give him my regards.如果你万一见到他，请代我向他致意。
Should you happen to see him, please give him my regards.
如果你万一见到他，请代我向他致意。
If you should write to her, send her my love.
如果你给她写信，请代我向她问候。
Should you not wish our agent to call, please let us know.
你若不希望我们的代理人去造访，请告之。
Should you be interested in our offer, please contact us.你若对我们的报价感兴趣，请与我们联系。 If I should ..., I will ...结构︰If„should„，„would（will）／should（shall）等＋原形动词
说明︰这是表示与未来事实相反的假设，if 要用 should，译成“万一”。should可置于前，将 if 省略。的则视可能性做变化：若可能性低，则为过去式，若可能性高，则为现在式。should 可以提前，而将 if 省略。
11 / 103
If he should come, I would tell him the truth.
万一他来，我会把真相告诉他。
If he should come, I will tell him the truth.
万一他来，我一定会把真相告诉他。
Should the boy come again, I would throw him out. 要是那男孩在来，我就把他撵出去。
If it should rain, our plan would be spoiled. 万一下雨，我们的计划就泡汤了。
Should that be true, the contract would be canceled.假如那是真的，合约就该取消。
Should another world war break out, what would become of human beings?
万一另一次世界大战爆发，人类将会发生什么事？ If I were to ..., I ...结构︰If„were to„，„would／should 等＋原形动词
说明︰这也是表示与未来状况相反的假设，与“if ...should, ...”大致相同，但“if ...were to”所表示的可能性更低，通常用以表示“与真理相反”的。
If the sun were to rise in the west, he would pa the exam.
要是太阳从西边出来，他就会通过考试－－他不可能通过考试。
If I were to be born again, I would like to be a bird. 我要是再活一次，我想当一只鸟。
If the sun were to disappear, what would the earth be like?
万一太阳消失了，地球会变成什么样子？
Were I to die tomorrow, what would my children do?
万一明天我死了，我的孩子们将怎么办呢？ If I + V-ed, I would ...结构︰If„＋过去式动词„，主词＋过去式助动词（would／should 等）＋原形动词
说明︰这是与现在事实相反的假设句型。if 中的，不论为第几人称，一律用 were，were 可置于主词前面，而省略 if。过去式除用 should（用于第一人称）、would（用于第
二、三人称）外，还可用不分人称的 could，might 和 ought to，它们与原形结合起来构成。
If I knew his addre, I could write to him.
如果我知道他的住址，我会写信给他。
If I were free now, I might call on him. 如果我有时间，我可能会去看他。
If you were in my shoes (=Were you in my shoes), what would you do?
如果你站在我的立场，你会怎么做？
Were I rich enough, I would buy a sports car. 如果我有足够的钱，我就买一辆赛车了。
How happy I would be if I were a few inches taller! 要是我再高几寸，我会好高兴。
If I had a car, I could take her for a drive. 如果我有车， 我就带她去兜风了。
If I had binoculars, I could see that comet clearly.如果我有望远镜，我就可以清楚地看见那颗彗星。 It is time that ...结构︰It is（high）time＋（that）＋主词＋过去式动词
说明︰此句型意为“已经到了„的时间了”。过去式处有时亦使用“should＋原形”。that 也能用 to 来表示。
It is time he went to bed.
该是他睡觉的时间了。
12 / 103
It is time that you left for the duty.
该你当班了。
It is time that you reflected upon your mistakes.
该是你反省思过的时候了。
It is high time he should come to our house for dinner.已经到了他该上咱家吃晚饭的时候了。
It is time for somebody to teach you to behave yourself.该是有人教你应对进退之礼仪的时候了。 If I had V-ed, I would have ...结构︰If„had＋过去分词„，主词＋would／should 等＋have＋过去分词
说明︰这是与过去事实相反的假设。if 要用，则要用过去式（would，should，ought to，might，could）＋have＋过去。if 中的 had可置于前面，而省略 If。
If I had seen him, I would have told him the truth. 如果我当时看见他，我会告诉他实情。
I could have finished the task if I had had more time.如果当时我能有多一点时间，我就能完成这项任务。
If we had known of your departure, we would have seen you off at the airport.
如果我们事先知道你要离开，我们会到机场送行。
I someone had been with him, he might not have been drowned.
如果有人在他旁边，或许他就不会溺死。
I might have been incredulous had I not been accustomed to such responses.
若非我已经习惯了这样的回答，我可能不敢轻易相信。
Had he not apologize to her, she would not have forgiven him.
她（那时）不会原谅他，若非他道了歉。
Had he not saved me, I might have been drowned.
我可能溺死了，若非他救了我。
Had I proposed to you, would you have married me? 我要是当年向你求婚，你会答应嫁给我吗?
Had you not helped us, we should have canceled this transaction.
假如没有你的帮助，这笔生意早就告吹了。 If I had V-ed, I would ...结构︰If„had＋过去分词„，主词＋would／should 等＋原形动词＋now／today 说明︰这是不一致时的假设，亦称混合假设条件句。即：if 若与过去事实相反，用表示；而若与现在事实相反，则用过去式表示。此类句尾通常有表现在的，如 now，today 等。
If he had worked harder when young, he would be well off now.
如果他年轻时多努力一点，现在就能过得舒服些。
If I had been rich ten years ago, I could buy that house today.
如果十年前我有钱，今天我就能买下那栋房子了。
Had he told the truth, he wouldn’t be punished now.如果他当时肯说实话，现在就不会受罪了。
Had he followed the doctor’s advice, he might be alive now.
13 / 103
当时他要是听了医生的建议，现在可能还活着。 I wish ...+ V-ed ...结构︰I wish＋（that）＋主词＋动词过去式／过去完成式（had＋过去分词）„
说明︰I wish 之后以 that 为时，该的一定要用：若用过去式，表示与现在事实相反的愿望；若用，则表示与过去事实相反的愿望。“I wish＋that-”的也可用“I would rather＋that-”取代。而 I hope 之后以 that 做时，该用一般。
I wish there were meadows and lambs.
但愿有草地与小羊。
I wish I were as tall as you.
但愿我像你一样高。
I wish he could tell us. 但愿他能告诉我们。
I wish (=I would rather) he could come tomorrow. 但愿他明天能来。
I wish you had not been caught in the rain yesterday. 但愿昨天你们没有淋到雨。
I wish you had not told the truth. 但愿你没有说实话。
I wish I had known you ten years ago. 真希望十年前就已经认识你。 If only + V-ed 结构︰If only＋过去式／过去完成式
说明︰此句型意为“要是„就好了。”用过去式，表示与现在事实相反；若用，则表示与过去事实相反。
If only I had a rich father. 要是我有个有钱的爸爸就好了。
If only he had been here. 要是他当时在这儿就好了。
If only I had another chance. 要是我再有一次机会就好了。 ...as if/as though ...结构︰„as if／as though„现在式／过去式／过去完成式
说明︰此句型意为“彷佛„；好像„一样”。as if，as though 是，引导。中，可用现在式，以表示事实；也可用过去式或，分别表示与现在或过去事实相反的。
He speaks like that as if he doesn’t want to attend the meeting.他那样说话，似乎不想参加会议。
He walks as if he is drunk.
他走起路来好像他真的醉了。
He felt as if he almost wished to kill them.
他感觉彷佛几乎要杀掉他们。
The baby opened the book as if he were able to read. 这个婴儿打开书本彷佛他会念书。
The nurse attends on the patient as if he were her father.这护士照顾这位病人彷佛在照顾她爸爸似的。
He ran into the room as if he had seen something terrible.他跑进屋子，彷佛他看到什么可怕的东西。
She looks as if nothing had happened to her. 她当时看起来好像什么事都没发生似的。 It seems/looks as if ...结构︰It seems／looks as if„
说明︰此句型意为“似乎„”。本句型中的 as if 可用以表示事实，或。
14 / 103
It looks as if it is going to rain. 好像要下雨了。
It seems as if he knows everything. 他似乎是个万事通。
It seems as if he knew everything, but in reality, he is as stupid as can be.
他似乎是个万事通。其实他是再愚蠢不过了。
It looks as if she had just come back from outer space.她看起来彷佛刚从外层空间回来似的。
It seemed as if he had finished the work. 他似乎已经完成了这个工作。
It seemed as if he would never finish the work. 他似乎永远完成不了这个工作。 If it were not for ...结构︰if it were not for＋名词／子句，主词＋would／should 等＋原形动词„
说明︰此句型意为“若非（有）„”。此类句构专门用于表示与现在事实相反的。亦可用“but for＋”或“without＋”代替。were 可以提前，省略 if，如例句3。
If it were not for his presence, I would punish you. 要不是他在场，我会处罚你的。
But for your advice, I should have failed. 要不是你的忠告，我会失败的。
But for music (=Were it not for music), life would be dull. 要不是音乐，人生会很无聊。
If it were not for oxygen and nitrogen in the air, no man could live on the earth.
大气中如果没有氧和氮，人就无法生存于地球了。
Without air, all living things would die. 若非空气，所有的生物都会死亡。
Without newspaper, we would get behind the times. 要不是报纸，我们都赶不上时代了。
I should be lonely, were it not for the birds and the flowers.我会寂寞，若非有鸟也有花。
Were it not for his help, I could not finish the work.若非有他的帮助，我就不能完成这件工作。
Were it not for science, we could not live a comfortable live.
若非科学，我们无法过着舒适的生活。 If it had not been for ...结构︰if it had not been for＋名词／子句，主词＋would／should 等＋原形动词„
说明︰此句型意为“若非（有）„”。此类句构专门用于表示与过去事实相反的。
If it had not been for his help, I should have failed.如果没有他的帮忙，我应该已经失败。
Had it not been for your timely help, our company would have been on the verge of bankruptcy.
若非你及时伸出援助之手，本公司将会濒临破产的边缘。
If it had not been for these experiments, the improvement of the machine would have been impoible.
要不是这些实验，这部机器也许就不可能改良了。
Had it not been for the kind guide, I might have got lost in the mountains.
要不是这位好心的向导，我可能就在山中迷路了。
If it had not been that he was here, I would have punished you. 要不是他在场，我当时就会处罚你。 I demand/insist that ...结构︰主词1＋意志动词（demand／insist 等）＋（that）＋主词2＋（should）＋原形动词
说明︰意志有四类：建议（suggest，recommend，propose，advise，urge 等），要求（desire， ask，
15 / 103 demand，require，request，maintain，insist 等），命令（order，command 等），规定（ rule，regulate，stipulate 等）。其后接 that-时，该里的要用原形或“should＋”。美式英语通常省略 should。
The committee moved that the meeting (should) be adjourned. 委员提议休会。
His parents demanded that he (should) be back by ten. 他的父母要求他十点以前回家。
The employees demand that their salaries be raised. 员工们要求加薪。
They ruled that the law (should) not be imposed. 他们规定不应加重法律。
His father ordered that he (should) keep a diary in English. 他的父亲规定他要用英文写日记。
My mother encouraged me and insisted that I continue my education.
我妈妈鼓励我，而且坚持我应该继续我的教育。
He insisted that I (should) apologize to her. 他坚持我应该向她道歉。
Recently, many states have insisted that high schools teach students how to drive.
最近，许多州坚持中学应该教学生如何开车。
His father insisted that they (should) move to the country.他爸爸坚持他们应该搬到乡下。 It is proper ...that ...结构︰It is＋意志形容词（important 等）＋（that）＋主词＋（should）＋原形动词
说明︰意志包括 important，neceary，imperative，eential，urgent，desirable， advisable，recommendable，proper 等。that-中只能用 should，不可用 must，而 should 往往予以省略。
It is neceary that he (should) sort out the information for my reference.他有必要整理些资料供我参考。
It is eential that he get up early. 他有必要早起。
It is urgent that food and clothing (should) be sent to the sufferers.急需将食物和衣服送给灾民。
It is desirable that we (should) provide for the poor at Christmas. 在圣诞节施舍穷人是可喜的事。
It is important that he be quiet. 他该保持安静是有必要的。
It is important that he not do it. 他不该做那事是有必要的。
It is requested that all members be present at the party.全体会员都被要求出席这次晚会。
It is proper that such a bad man be punished severely. 这么坏的人受重罚是应该的。 Imperative Sentence + Conj.+ Main Clause 结构︰祈使句＋连接词＋主句
说明︰表示须具备的条件，主句表示可能的结果。代替 if 子句进行评说，提出要求，订立协议，提供建议或威胁等。的用法比 if 子句表示的更为紧迫。
Provide the materials and we’ll do the job. 提供材料，我们就做这活。
Stop shouting or you’ll wake up the neighbors.不要喊了，否则你会把邻居吵醒的。
Put that down or else I’ll smack you. 把它放下，不然我就揍你。
Be there on time, otherwise you’ll create a bad impreion.要准时来，否则你会给人一个坏的印象。
Fail to pay and they’ll cut off the electricity. 你（如果）不付款，他们就要断电。
16 / 103
Stop eating sweets, or you won’t get any dinner. 你如果不停止吃糖，你就不要吃饭。 Unle ...结构︰Unle＋子句，主要子句
说明︰此句型意为“除非„”。unle 引导一个否定假设句，相当于 if ...not ...，有时可以互换使用。总体上看，unle 的语气强于 if ...not ...，而且有时较为常用，例如在最后通牒中。
Unle you change your mind (=If you don’t change you mind), I won’t be able to help you.除非你改变你的想法，否则我不能帮助你。
Unle the management improves their offer, there’ll be a strike.
除非资方做出进一步的建议，否则将举行罢工。
I couldn’t have got to the meeting on time － unle I had caught an earlier train.
我不可能及时赶到会场，除非我赶上了较找的一班火车。 Provided/Providing (that) ....结构︰Provided／provided（that）＋子句，S＋V ...说明︰此句型意为“如果„”。Provided/Providing (that) 引导假设条件句，其功能相当于 if。
Provided/Providing (that) you clear your desk by this evening, you can have tomorrow off.
如果你到今晚把手头上的工作做完，你明天就可以休息。 As/So long as ...结构︰As/So long as ＋子句，S＋V ...说明︰此句型意为“如果„，只要„”。As/So long as引导一个条件假设句，其功能相当于 if。
So (As) long as you clear your desk by this evening, you can have tomorrow leave.
如果你到今晚把手头上的工作做完，你明天就可以休息。
As long as you drive carefully, you will be very safe.如果你开车小心，你就会很安全。
You may eat anything, so long as you don’t eat too much. 只要不吃得太多，你可以吃任何东西。
As long as live, I will help you. 只要我活着，我都会帮助你。
As long as you don’t betray me, I’ll do whatever you ask me to (do).
只要你不出卖我，要我做什么我都愿意。
We’ll ship the goods at an early time as long as there is a steamer.只要有船，我们就尽早装货。
You will never be good students so long as you goof around.
如果你们成天游手好闲，就永远也成不了好学生。 Suppose/Supposing (that) ...结构︰Suppose/Supposing （that）＋子句，S＋V ...说明︰此句型意为“如果„，假使„”。Suppose/Supposing (that) 引导假设条件句，其功能相当于 if。
Suppose/Supposing (that) we mi the train, what shall we do? 如果我们误了火车，我们将怎么办？ What if/Say ...结构︰What if/Say＋子句，S＋V ...说明︰此句型意为“假设„”。What if 和 Say 用来引导一个假设条件句，其义相当于 Let us suppose（让
17 / 103 我们假设）。
What if/Say he goes home before us and can’t get in? What will he do then?
假设他在我们之前赶到家而又进不去呢？那他怎么办呢？
What if/Say you were to run out of money? What would you do?
假设你的钱用完了呢？你将怎么办呢？ With luck ...结构︰With luck，＋主要子句
说明︰With luck 为含蓄假设条件句（即不用 if 直接引导）。with luck 意为“如果幸运的话，如果运气好的话”。
With luck, we’ll be there by tomorrow.幸运的话，我们明天将到达那儿。（=If we are lucky）
With luck, she will get the job.如果幸运的话，她将得到那份工作。（=If she is lucky） Given time ...结构︰Given time，＋主要子句
说明︰此为含蓄假设条件句（即不用 if 直接引导）。Given time 意为“（如果）给以时间的话”。 Given time, they will probably agree.给以时间的话，他们可能会同意。（=If they are given time/If we give them time）
To hear him talk, ...结构︰To hear him talk，＋主要子句
说明︰此句型意为“听某人谈话（的口气）„”。从形式上看，To hear him talk 似为不定式词组，但实则为含蓄条件句（即不用 if 直接引导）。To hear him talk 相当于 If you could hear him talk。
To hear him talk, you’d think he was Prime Minister.听他谈话（那口气），你会以为他是首相呢。
To hear you talk, I’d think you were Prime Minister. 听你谈话（那口气），我还以为你是首相呢。 Without ..., S + V ...结构︰Without „，＋主要子句
说明︰此句型意为“如果没有„”，是导致主要子句结果发生的必要条件。Without ...为含蓄假设条件句，此用法在口语表达中最为常见。without 意为“（如果）没有„的话”。Without 既可以放在句首，也可以放在句尾，放在句首有强调作用。此外，如果主要子句用否定式，则和 without 构成双重否定，表示特别强调 without 之后项为主要子句动作发生之必备条件。
Without your help, I couldn’t have done it.
（如果）没有你的帮助，我是不会做成的。（=If you hadn’t helped me）
She can’t solve the problem without his help.如果）没有他的帮助，她不可能解决这道题。
We can’t live without air or water.（如果）没有空气或水，我们就无法生存。
Fish cannot live without water.（如果）没有水，鱼儿就无法生存。 比较句型 as/so ...as ...结构︰as／so＋形容词或副词原级＋as„
18 / 103 说明︰此句型意为“„和„一样„”。比较两件东西，并表示它们的程度一样。第一个 as 为，第二个 as 则为，引导，修饰第一个 as。在 as„as 中可插入单数，即：“as＋＋a／an＋＋as”。若是复数，可用“as many／few＋复数 ＋as”；若是，则用“as much／little＋＋as”。“as＋原级（形、副）＋as＋原级（形、副）”这形式表示有关同一人（物）的两种不同的性质、状态是一样程度的，译作“既有„且还有„”。
He is as handsome as his brother (is). 他和他哥哥一样英俊。
Judy goes to the movies as often as Sara does. 朱迪像莎拉一样时常去看电影。
Old John goes to sleep as easily as a baby does.老约翰像婴儿一样容易入睡。
The girls are as busy with their work as bees.这些女孩子就跟蜜蜂一样忙着工作。
He is as nice a boy as Peter (is). 他和彼得一样都是好男孩。
She has as many friends as Mary (does). 她和玛丽一样有许多朋友。
He has as much money as John (does). 他和约翰一样有很多钱。
He is as clever as (he is) handsome. 他不但英俊而且聪明。
My teacher is as kind as (she is) intelligent. 我的老师不但善良而且聪慧。 as many/much ...结构︰as many／much＋名词„
说明︰此句型意为“同数（量）的„；一样多”。本旨在用以代替句中前面已提到的相同数字，以避免该数字的重复。
He was tired enough to make ten errors in as many (=in ten) pages. 他疲倦得十页中犯了十个错误。
Mike read five books in as many (=in five) months. 麦克在五个月内看了五本书。
I didn’t expect that he should have committed three robberies in as many days.没想到（老实的）他居然在三天内犯了三次抢劫罪。 as many/much as ...结构︰as many／much as＋数字＋复数名词／不可数名词
说明︰此句型意为“多达„”。不要与“as many／much＋”（同数量的„）混淆。同理，此类还有：as long as＋数字＋（长达„），as wide as＋数字＋（宽达„）， as high as＋数字＋（高达„），as early as＋数字＋（早在„），as late as＋数字＋（迟在„）等。
She has as many as seven sisters. 她的姊妹有七人之多。
As many as 100 people were killed in the air crash.这次空难中多达一百人丧生。
I gave the beggar as much as 1,000 yen.
我给了这乞丐整整一千元。
Building costs ran up to as much as NT$ 20 million. 建筑费用涨到高达新台币两千万。
I have been learning English (for) as long as 15 years.我学英文已有十五年之久。
He came home as late as two in the morning. 他迟至清晨两点才回家。
I saw your brother as late as last week.上个礼拜我还看到你哥哥。
The river is as wide as 100 meters. 这条河宽达一百公尺。
I mailed the letter as early as Friday. 我早在星期五就把信寄了。
19 / 103 A is as much + N + as B is 结构︰主词＋be＋as＋much＋名词＋as＋（be）＋主词
说明︰此句型意为“„和„同样„”。“as much＋＋as＋（be）＋”的 be 通常省略或放句末。
Comets are just as much members of the sun’s family as (are) the other planets.
彗星和其他的行星同样是太阳家族的成员。
To eat too much is as much a bad thing as to eat nothing.吃太多和什么都不吃同样是坏事。
He is as much a member of the orchestra as Tom.他和汤姆同样是管弦乐队的成员。 not as/so + ADJ/ADV + as + N 结构︰not as／so＋形容词／副词＋as＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“不像„那样„”。as„as 可用于肯定句或，而 so„as 仅可用于构中。
It is not as (so) popular as other foods. 它不像其他食物那样受欢迎。
He does not study as (so) hard as John.他不像约翰那样用功。
I am not as (so) careful as Tom.我不像汤姆那样细心。 as far as ...结构︰as far as＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“到„之远；到„的程度”。而“as far as＋＋”则表示“只要„，在„范围内的话„”。
Swallows from England go as far as South Africa.英国来的燕子飞到南非那样远的地方。
We walked as far as the railroad station.我们走到火车站那样远的地方。
We drove as far south as Kaohsiung. 我们往南开车一直到高雄。 He went as far as Yokohama to meet his friend from England.他远至横滨去迎接由英国来的朋友。
I swam as far as I could. 我尽可能地游远。 ...just as ...as ...结构︰主词＋动词＋just as＋形容词／副词＋as＋（代）名词／动名词
说明︰此句型意为“„就像„一样„”。第一个 as 是“同样的；一样的”，第二个 as 是“像”之意。若之后不是 be ，则 as 之后不用，而要用。
Being a good pedestrian is just as important as being a good driver.
做一个好的行人就像做一个好的司机一样重要。
Writing is just as important as reading. 写作就像阅读一样重要。
He wrote just as carefully as Tom.他就像汤姆一样小心地写。 ...as ...as one can 结构︰„as＋形容词／副词／名词＋as one can 说明︰此句型意为“尽可能„”。“as ...as one can”相当于“as ...as poible”。one 要随的人称而变化，而 can 要随变化。
20 / 103
To speak English fluently, you had better read as many English articles as you can.
要想把英文讲得很流利，你最好尽量多看英文文章。
Take as much exercise as you can. 尽可能多做运动。
Be as careful as you can. 尽可能小心。
Our teacher explained the leon to us as clearly as he could.
我们的老师尽可能清楚地为我们解释这一课。
She needed to soften her request to make it as polite and courteous as she could.
她需要使请求语气柔婉，以便尽可能把它变成有礼貌与客气。
You should be as careful as you can in making friends.
在交朋友方面，你应该尽可能小心。
We had better learn by heart as many sentence patterns as we can. 我们最好尽可能多背句型。
I looked down the road as far as I could. 我尽可能遥望这条路。
I will try to save as much as I can. 我会设法尽可能多储蓄。
You should remain as quiet as you can. 你应尽可能地保持沉默。 ...as ...as ...can be 结构︰主词＋be 动词＋as＋形容词＋as＋（形容词）＋can be 说明︰此句型意为“极„，不亚于任何人„”。此借重复同一个而成为强调此的说法。常用的此类有：as plain as plain can be（再明白不过了），as wise as wise can be（再聪明不过了），as white as white can be（白得不能再白了），as wrong as wrong can be（错得太离谱）等。
His failure is as plain as plain can be. 他的失败是再明白不过了。
He is as handsome as (handsome) can be. 他潇洒极了。
She is as kind as can be. 她极为和颜悦色。
Mary is as hardworking as can be. 玛丽在班上之用功不输任何人。
He may not be so clever as Peter, but he is as industrious as can be.
他也许不如彼得聪明，但却用功极了。 as ...as ever 结构︰as＋形容词／副词＋as ever 说明︰此句型意为“与往常一样„”。
He seems to be as busy as ever. 他似乎和往常一样忙碌。
He works as hard as ever.他和往常一样努力工作。
She was as beautiful as ever after so many years. 过了那么多年，她美丽如故。 ...times as ...as ...结构︰倍数词＋as＋形容词／副词＋as„
说明︰此句型意为“是„的几倍”。“两倍”是 twice，而三倍以上的“倍”，通常用 times。
An ordinary subway train, approaching the station, can be twice as loud as the loudest jet.
平常的地下火车接近车站时，发出的声音可能是最大声的喷射机的两倍。
This line is four times as long as that one. 这条线是那条线的四倍长。
21 / 103
I am twice as old as he. 我的年纪是他的两倍。
She studies three times as hard as I. 她用功的程度是我的三倍。
He earns twice as much as he used to. 他比往常多赚二倍的钱。
She spent half as much money as you. 她花掉的钱只有你花掉的一半。 ...times the/my N ...结构︰„倍数词＋the（或所有格）＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“是„的几倍”。与之间一定有 the 或。有时可改为“＋as＋”。三倍以上的“倍”，通常用“times”。而“more than＋＋the（或）＋”译为“是„的几倍还不止”。
It was over twice the distance of the earth from the sun.那是地球到太阳的距离的两倍多。
Line A is four times the length of line B. 线条 A 是线条 B 的四倍长。
I have five times the number of Tom’s books. 我有五倍于汤姆的书。
He has three times my money. 他的钱是我的三倍。
He has more than three times my money. 他的钱是我的三倍还不止。
The river is ten times the length of the Tamsui River. 这条河的长度是淡水河的十倍。
Holland has two-thirds the inhabitants of the state of New York, which is four times the size of Holland.荷兰的居民是纽约州的三分之二，而纽约州却是荷兰的四倍大。 more than ...as ...as 结构︰more than＋倍数词＋as＋形容词／副词＋as 说明︰此句型意为“是„的几倍还不止”。“两倍”是twice，而三倍以上的“倍”，通常用times。
He is more than three times as rich as I.(=He is three times richer than I.) 他的财富是我的三倍还不止。
He studies more than three times as hard as I.他用功的程度是我的三倍还不止。
I am more than twice as old as he.我的年龄是他的两倍还不止。
He has collected more than three times as many stamps as I (have).他搜集的邮票是我的三倍还不止。 ...times ...er than ...结构︰倍数词＋形容词或副词比较级＋than„
说明︰此句型意为“比„大几倍”。“两倍”是twice，而三倍以上的“倍”，通常用times。
We now know that X-ray waves are 2,000 to 10,000 times shorter than light waves.
我们现在知道Ｘ光波比光波短二千到一万倍。
This street is four times shorter than that one. 这条街道比那条短四倍。
The mother elephant is one hundred times heavier than the baby elephant.这只母象比小象重一百倍。
It is ten times louder than another. 它比另外一个的声音大十倍。
This street is three times wider than that one. 这条街比那条街宽三倍。
I am twice older than he. 我的年纪比他大两倍。 not so adj.as adj.结构︰not so＋形容词／副词＋as＋形容词／副词
22 / 103 说明︰此句型意为“与其说是„倒不如说是„”。相当于“／＋rather than＋／”。
She is not so beautiful as charming.(=She is charming rather than beautiful.) 与其说她美倒不如说她迷人。
He is not so clever as diligent. 与其说他聪明倒不如说他勤奋。
She is not so kind as simple. 与其说她善良不如说她单纯。 not so much + N as + N 结构︰not so much＋名词＋as＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“与其说是„倒不如说是„”。相当于“＋rather than＋”。
He is not so much a writer as a scholar.
与其说他是作家倒不如说他是学者。
He is not so much a genius as a hard worker.
他的努力胜于天份。
The Apollo program was not so much a scientific achievement as a technical accomplishment. 阿波罗计划与其说是一项科学成果，不如说是一项技术成就。 not so much ...as ...结构︰not so much＋介系词词组／不定词词组＋as＋介系词词组／不定词词组
说明︰此句型意为“与其说是„倒不如说是„”。相当于“／＋rather than＋ /”。
Happine hinges not so much on wealth as on health.快乐与其说在于财富倒不如说在于健康。
One’s greatne lies not so much in his wealth as in his character.
一个人的伟大与其说是由他的财富来判断，倒不如说是由他的品德来判断。
Succe lies not so much as in luck as in hard work.与其说成功在于运气不如说是辛勤努力。
I lay down not so much to sleep as to think.我躺下来与其说是要睡觉，倒不如说是要思考。
It is not so helpful to give someone some bread as to teach him how to make a living.
与其说给人面包很有帮助，倒不如说教导他如何谋生才重要。
Our succe was attributed not so much to your help as to our cooperation.
我们的成功与其归功于您的帮忙，不如归功于我们的合作。
The great use of a school education is not so much to teach you things as to teach you the art of learning.学校教育的最大用处，与其说是教你事物，不如说是教你学习的方法。
The oceans do not so much divide the world as unite it.(=The oceans do not divide the world so much as unite it.) 与其说是海洋分割这个世界，不如说是统一这个世界。 not so much as ...结构︰not so much as ...说明︰此句型意为“甚至都不„”。相当于“not even ...”。本使用时，要置于之后，即： cannot so much as＋原形（甚至„都不能），do not so much as＋原形（甚至„都不），have not so much as＋过去（甚至„都没有）。
He cannot so much as write his own name.(=He cannot even write his own name.)
23 / 103
他甚至连自己的名字都不会写。
He did not so much as thank me. 他甚至都没谢我。
He is so stupid that he can’t so much as eat. 他蠢得甚至连吃饭都不会。
When Mary walked in, she didn’t so much as take a glance at me, which angered me.
玛丽进门时，连看我一眼都没有，真令人生气。 the more ..., the more ...结构︰the＋比较级„，the＋比较级„
说明︰此句型意为“愈„，就愈„”。若句中的为一般，而非（he，it，you，they）或（John，Mary），且后面的为 be 时，该 be 可省略。 The more you soften a request, the more polite it becomes. 你愈使请求柔婉，请求就愈变为客气。
The longer you stay here, the more you will like the place.
你在这里待得愈久，你愈会喜欢这个地方。
The more careful you are, the fewer mistakes you will make. 你愈小心，你犯错就会愈少。
The more I learn, the le I feel I know. 学而后知不足。
The closer you stay to nature, the more you will appreciate her beauty.
你愈接近大自然，就愈能了解它的美。
The more leisure he has, the le he stays at home. 愈是有空，他愈不肯待在家里。
The better the boy (is), the more I like him. 这男孩愈好我愈喜欢他。
The colder the weather (is), the more comfortable my life (will be). 天气愈冷，我的生活就愈舒服。
The bigger the house (is), the more money it will cost. 房子愈大愈值钱。
The more haste, the le speed. 欲速则不达。
The more noble the more humble. 结实愈丰者，其穗愈低。
More profit and le honor. 舍名逐利。
The sooner the better. 事不宜迟。
The more you have, the more you want. 拥有愈多，欲望愈高。
The more you beat iron the harder it grows. 铁不炼不成钢，玉不琢不成器。 more and more ...结构︰比较级＋and＋比较级 说明︰此句型意为“愈来愈„”。
The noise of traffic grows louder and louder. 交通的噪音变得愈来愈大。
It is getting hotter and hotter. 天气愈来愈热。
You should study harder and harder. 你应该更用功念书。
The girl became more and more beautiful. 这女孩变得愈来愈漂亮了。
With the rapid economical development, China’s position on the international stage is getting more and more important.随着经济迅速发展，中国在国际舞台上的地位变得愈来愈重要了。 ...more ...than ...
24 / 103 结构︰主词＋be 动词＋more„than„
说明︰此句型意为“„是„而不是„”。在“„”的位置，可以用，，或带有形容词性的。
You may also find that reading has become more fun than work!
你或许也会发现阅读已经变成是有趣的事，而不是工作。
It is more a made-up story than a real occurrence.那是杜撰的故事，而不是真实发生的事情。
I was more disappointed than discouraged.我是失望，而不是泄气。
He seems more like a military officer than a busine executive.
他似乎比较像一个军官，而不像一个商业行政主管。
He is more a sprinter than a swimmer. 他是短跑健将，而不是游泳选手。
I am more frightened than hurt.我吓坏了而没有受伤。
Sue is more beautiful than Jane.苏比珍较美。
The computer is more expensive than the typewriter.这部计算机比这部打字机更贵。
People in the country are happier than people in the city.乡下的人们比城市的人们更快乐。 N1 more ...than N2 结构︰名词1＋比较级＋than＋名词2 说明︰此句型意为“比„更为„的„”。
People have to live on something more nourishing than hope.人们必须依赖比希望更滋养的东西来过活。
I have never seen a girl more beautiful than Mary.我从未见过比玛丽更为美丽的女孩子。
I want some persons more experienced than Tom.我要一些比汤姆更有经验的人。 more N than + ADJ/V-ed 结构︰比较级＋名词＋than＋（be 动词）＋形容词／过去分词 说明︰此句型意为“比„来得更多的„”。be 通常省略。
Some people give higher priced gifts than neceary for the situation.
有些人给了比情况所必要来得更高价的礼物。
I did more work than required.我做了比所被要求的来得更多的工作。
We were given more money than neceary for the project.我们被给了比计划所要求来得更多的钱。 It is better to V1 than V2 结构︰It is＋比较级＋to＋原形动词1„than＋（to）＋原形动词2„ 说明︰此句型意为“„比„更„”。than 之后的 to 可以省略。
It is better to laugh than (to) weep. 笑比哭好。
It is more comfortable to lie on a lawn than (to) sit in the office.
躺在草坪上比坐在办公室里舒服。
It is harder to teach than (to) study. 教书比读书辛苦。 make ...more ...of ...结构︰主词＋make＋受词＋more＋形容词＋of„
25 / 103 说明︰此句型意为“„使„更加„”。根据不同的情况，句子可以有不同。
Darkne would make him more appreciative of sight. 黑暗会使他更加珍惜视力。
Their sudden attack made us more aware of the danger around us.
他们突然的攻击使我们更加注意我们周围的危险。
Your encouragement made me more confident of my future.你的鼓励使我对我的未来更加有信心。 all the more for ...结构︰all the＋比较级＋for＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“即使„却更加„；因为„反而更加„”。for 为，之后接为其。也可写成“all the＋比较级＋because-子句”。because 为，之后接＋，引导。
You will enjoy stories all the more for having understood the characters in them.
你会因为已经了解小说中的角色，而更加喜欢小说。
I love her all the better for her poverty (=because she is poor).因为她穷，我反而更喜欢她。
I like the book all the more for its beautiful illustrations.我因为精美的插图而更加喜欢这本书。
He studied all the harder because he had failed (=for his failure).因为他失败了，他反而更用功念书了。
She is all the more beautiful for her shabby clothing (=because her clothing is shabby).
即使她衣衫褴褛，却显得更美丽了。
I respect him all the more because he has faults. 因为他有缺点，我反而更尊敬他。
I like Kyoto all the better for its many narrow streets.正因为小道多，我反而更喜欢京都。 none the ...er for ...结构︰none the＋比较级＋for＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“即使„却一点也不„”。相当于“none the＋比较级＋because-子句”。for 为，之后接为其；because 则为，之后接＋，引导。
His health is none the better for his exercise (=because he takes exercise).
即使他运动，他的健康状况却一点也不好。
She is none the more beautiful because she wears a fancy dre.
即使她身穿时髦洋装，却一点也不漂亮。
He is none the happier for his great wealth. 即使他有钱，却一点也不快乐。 He is none the wiser because he has read many books.他虽然读了不少书，可是并未因此而聪明些。 none the le ...for ...结构︰none the le＋形容词／副词＋for＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“即使„却仍然”。相当于“none the le＋形容词／副词＋because-子句”。none the le 为，译成“仍然”，可修饰，或；修饰时，置于该之后；修饰时，置于该之前；修饰时，置于该之前。
26 / 103
I love him none the le because he is poor. 即使他穷，我还是爱他。
She is none the le beautiful for her shabby clothing. 即使她衣衫褴褛，却仍然美丽。
He studied none the le hard because he had failed. 即使他失败了，却仍然用功念书。 ...no more ...than ...结构︰A＋动词＋no more＋B＋than＋C＋动词＋D 说明︰此句型意为“A 不是 B 正如 C 不是 D”。“no more ...than”等于“not ...any more than”。若 than之后的词类与前面的词类相同，可以省略；若不同，则不可省略。
A whale is no more a fish than a horse is. 鲸鱼不是鱼正如马不是鱼一样。
A home without love is no more a home than a body without a soul is a man.
没有爱的家不是家，就如同没有灵魂的身体不是人一样。
He is no more able to speak English than I am (able to speak English).
和我不会说英语一样，他也不会说英语。
He is no more considerate of others than his brother is.他不体谅别人，就跟他弟弟一样。
He can no more sing than I can dance.他不会唱歌正如我不会跳舞一样。
We can no more live without sleep than (we can) without water.
我们没有睡眠不能活，正如我们没有水就不能活一样。
I am no more out of my mind than you are (out of your mind).你我两人都没有疯狂。
Tom was no more surprised than (he was) disappointed at this news.
汤姆听见那消息既不惊讶也不失望。
He is no better (no more good) at English than I am. 他的英文不好，就像我一样。 ...no le ...than ...结构︰A＋动词＋no le＋B＋than＋C＋动词＋D 说明︰此句型意为“A 是 B 和 C 是 D 一样”。“no le ...than”等于“as ...as”，no le 之后可置或 修饰。
A whale is no le a mammal than a horse is.
鲸鱼和马一样都是哺乳动物。
He is no le clever than his elder brother.
他和他的大哥一样聪明。
She is no le good at swimming than Mary.
她和玛丽一样擅长游泳。
His parents are no le happy over his engagement than he is (happy over his engagement).
他的双亲对他订婚的高兴并不亚于他自己。
He studies no le hard than John.
他和约翰一样用功。
Aociating with good friends is no le important to us than choosing good books.
交益友与选择好书对我们同样重要。
A good shirt is no le expensive than a jacket.一件好衬衫的昂贵程度并不比一件夹克衫差。
Sports wears, no le than suits, are very much saleable.运动服和西服套一样，非常畅销。 not more ...than ...结构︰not more„than„
27 / 103 说明︰此句型意为“没有比„更多；最多只是和„一样”。等于“at best as ...as”。
She is not more beautiful than Mary. 她不比玛丽美丽－－顶多只是和玛丽一样美。
I was not more surprised than he (was). 我不像他那样惊讶。
He is not more handsome than I. 他不比我潇洒－－顶多跟我一样潇洒。 not le ...than 结构︰not le ...than 说明︰此句型意为“没有比„更少；至少与„一样”。等于“at least as ...as”。
She is not le beautiful than Mary. 她至少和玛丽一样美丽。
He is not le interested in composing music than Jane.他至少跟珍一样对谱曲很感兴趣。
He is not le handsome than I. 他至少跟我一样潇洒。 no more than ...结构︰no more than＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“仅仅„”。等于“only＋”，强调稀少。
It will take no more than five days to read the book.不到五天，我就会把这本书读完。
It is no more than ten minutes’ walk from the station.由车站走到这里只有十分钟的路程。
I had no more than 2 or 3 mistakes on my English aignment.我的英文作业中只有两三处错误。 no le than ...结构︰no le than＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“多达„；足足有„之多”。等于“as many／much as ...”，强调多。
I received no le than ten thousand yen for my work.
我的工资多达一万元。
The audience was no le than five thousand. 听众有五千人之多。
That hotel probably costs no le than 20 dollars a night.那间旅馆的住宿费大约要20元一晚呢。
No le than ten students flunked the exam. 整整有十位学生在这次考试中不及格。 not more than ...结构︰not more than＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“最多不超过„”。等于“at most＋＋”。
It is not more than ten minutes’ walk from the station. 由车站走到这里最多十分钟的路程。
I’ll stay here not more than three days. 我将待在这里最多不超过三天。
For safety’s sake, don’t drive more than 30 kilometers per hour in the city.
为了安全起见，在市内开车时速不要超过三十公里。 not le than ...结构︰not le than＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“至少„”。等于“at least＋＋”。
The audience was not le than five thousand.
听众至少也有五千人。
I’ll stay here not le than three days.
我将待在这里至少三天。
Though they think it takes no more than three days to fulfill the miion, I believe it takes not le than six
28 / 103 days.
虽然他们认为完成这任务只需三天，但我却认为至少需要六天。 at best + N 结构︰at best＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“充其量„；只不过是„”。等于“nothing but ...”。
Don’t expect much of him; he is at best a student.不要对他期望过高；他只不过是个学生。
She is at best a second-rate singer.
她充其量是个二流歌手。
Don’t scold him too much; he is at best a child. 不要太责骂他；他只不过是个孩子。 much more /much le ...结构︰much more／much le„
说明︰此句型意为“更不用说„”。“much more ...”等于“let alone ...”或“still more ...”，只用于肯定句；“much le ...”等于“still le ...”，只用于。
She can speak English, much more/let alone/still more write it.
她会说英语，更不用说写英文了。
She cannot speak English, much le/still le write it. 她不会说英语，更不用说写英文了。
You have a right to your property, much more to your ideas.
你有处理自己财产的权利，更有支配自己思想的权利。
I enjoy singing, much more listening to music. 我喜欢唱歌，更不用说听音乐了。
She cannot buy daily neceities, much le luxuries.她连生活必需品都不能买，更不用说奢侈品。
He can hardly run a mile, much le the marathon.他连一哩都跑不了，更不用说马拉松了。
That father can’t discipline himself, much le set a good example for his children to follow.
那位父亲不能以身作则，更不用说做孩子的榜样了。 ...more than any other N 结构︰比较级＋than＋any other＋单数名词
说明︰此句型意为“比其他任何„都还„”。这是用来表示的同范围比较。也可用“＋than＋all the other＋复数”来表示。
John is more diligent than any other student in his cla.
约翰比班上其他的同学用功。
John is more diligent than all the other students in his cla.
约翰比班上其他的同学用功。
Baseball is more popular than any other sport in Japan. 在日本，棒球比其他任何运动都受人欢迎。
Autumn is better for reading than any other season.
秋天比任何季节都适合读书。
Mt.Jade is higher than any other mountain in Taiwan.玉山要比台湾的任何山都高。 ...more than anyone else 结构︰比较级＋than＋anyone else／anything else 说明︰此句型意为“比其他任何„都还„”。这是用来表示的同范围比较。anyone else 指人；anything else 指物。
John is more diligent than anyone else in his cla.
约翰比班上其他的同学用功。
29 / 103
Time is more precious than anything else in the world. 时间比世上任何东西都宝贵。
Mary is more beautiful than anyone else in her company.玛丽在公司里比其他人都漂亮。
We pay le attention to time than to anything else.我们对时间的不重视超过其他任何事物。 nothing is ...er than ...结构︰nothing（或 no＋名词）＋动词＋比较级＋than„
说明︰此句型意为“没有如此„者”。这是用来表示的。
Nothing is more valuable than time, but nothing is le valued.
没有比时间更贵重的东西，但也没有比它更受轻视的东西。
No place is better than one’s home.
没有任何地方比得上自己的家。
Nothing is more pleasant than staying home listening to music.
没有一件事比待在家里听音乐更愉快的了。
Nothing gives him more pleasure than helping someone in trouble.
没有一件事要比帮助陷入困境的人带给他更大的快乐。
There is nothing to which we pay le attention than time and air.
我们对时间和空气的不重视超过其他任何事物。 ...nothing more than N 结构︰主词＋动词＋nothing more than＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“„只不过„”。“nothing more than”等于“nothing but”。
Others are dismied as nothing more than entertainment.有些只不过是被当做娱乐而不予考虑。
It is nothing more than a made-up story.
它只不过是杜撰的故事而已。
She wishes to be treated as nothing more than a common girl. 她希望被对待得只不过像一般的女孩子。 ...er than ever 结构︰„＋比较级＋than ever 说明︰此句型意为“比以前更„”。than ever 等于 than ever before，意为“比以前任何时候„”。
There it was, ticking away, louder than ever.
它就在那里，滴答地走着，比以前更大声。
You should be more careful than ever.
你应该比以前更小心。
Does she spend more money than ever? 她比以前花更多的钱吗？ better ...than ...结构︰better＋„＋than＋被比对象
说明︰此句型意为“宁可„；最好还是„”。better 之后可接，，，等。
Please try to attend the meeting.Better late than absent.请您尽量参加会议。迟来也比不来强。
Better to postpone the shipment than to cancel the contract. 与其撤约还不如延期装运。
Better reduce the price than allow a discount. 与其给折扣，不如减价。 with no N is it ...er than 结构︰...and with no＋名词1＋is it＋比较级＋than＋with＋名词2 说明︰此句型意为“„这种情形没有一种„比„更为„”。此种结构，由于有 no，所以用 is it的倒装句型。
30 / 103
It is unreasonable to regard any language as the poeion of a particular nation, and with no language is it more unreasonable than with English. 把某一种语言视为某一特定的国家所拥有是不合理的，而这种情形没有一种语言比英语更为不合理。
It is bad to get ill, and with no disease is it worse than with cancer.
生病是糟糕的，而这种情形没有一种疾病比癌症更为糟糕。
It is pleasant to chat with friends, and with no chat is it more pleasant than with close friends.
和朋友聊天是愉快的，而这种情形没有比和知己的朋友聊天更为愉快。 Who is the most ...结构︰Who is the＋最高级„？
说明︰此句型意为“谁最„？”。此句型中若将 who 改为 which，即用来询问一组事物中最具某种特色的，如例句4。
Who is the oldest of them? 他们之中谁的年纪最大？
Who is the most beautiful in their family? 谁是他们家里最美丽的人？
Who is the youngest here? 这里谁是最年轻的？
Which is the most interesting subject for you? 哪个科目对你来说最有趣？ the ...est ...not ...结构︰最高级＋„not„
说明︰词类与 not 并用时，有“甚至„都不„”的意味。
The most foolish man knows his own name. 再笨的人都知道自己的名字。
The loveliest flower cannot beat her beauty. 再漂亮的花也比不上她的美丽。
The greatest scholar cannot solve this difficult problem.再伟大的学者也没有办法解答这个难题吧。
The richest man in the world cannot buy everything.
即使是世上最富有的人，也无法买到一切。
There is not the smallest chance of his escape. 他一点逃走的机会也没有。
Not even the thickest jacket was enough to keep out the cold. 就连最厚的夹克也不足以御寒。
The strongest man (that) you can think of cannot tear the log apart with bare hands.
就连你所能想到的最壮的人也不能光用手就将木头撕裂。 the ...est ...that V-ed 结构︰the＋最高级„＋（that）＋完成式
说明︰此句型意为“最„”。that 是；中习惯使用 ever 强调。
That’s the best book that I have ever read.
那是我读过的最好的书。
That’s the nicest thing that has ever happened to me.
那是我遇到的最美好的事。
He is the most diligent student that I have ever known. 他是我所知道的最用功的学生。
That’s the worst performance (that) I have ever seen.那是我所看过的最糟的一次表演。 of all the N, the ...est 结构︰of＋the three／the four／all the＋复数名词，＋最高级子句
说明︰此句型意为“在„中，„最„”。但须注意：“of the two＋复数＋”，表示“两
31 / 103 者中„较„”，如例句7。也可置于句首。
Of the three students, he is the best. 三个学生中，他是最好的。
Jane is the best of all the students in her cla. 珍是班中最好的学生。
Jane is the best of the three (students). 珍是三个学生中最好的一个。
Of all the high mountains, Mt.Jade is the highest.在所有高山当中，玉山为最高。
Of all the four seasons, summer is the hottest.在所有四季当中，夏天最热。
Of all the girls, she is the most beautiful. 在所有这些女孩子当中，她最美。
Of the two girls, Mary is more beautiful. 这两个女孩中，玛丽较漂亮。 A is the ...est among ...结构︰主词＋be 动词＋最高级＋(名词)＋among„
说明︰此句型意为“„是„之中最„”。后的通常省略。
The Chuo-shui River is the longest one among them. 浊水溪是其中最长的一条。
Which river is the shortest among them? 哪一条河流是它们之中最短的？
Paris is the most beautiful among the cities.巴黎是这些城市中最美的。 A is the ...est N in ...结构︰A＋be 动词＋the＋最高级＋名词＋in＋场所。 说明︰此句型意为“A 是„里面最„”。the 不能漏掉。
Jane is the best student in her cla. 珍是她班上最好的学生。
Mr.Jones is the busiest man in the office. 琼斯先生是办公室里最忙的人。
The baseball game on Tuesday is the most important game this year.星期二的棒球赛是今年最重要的棒球赛。 A is the ...est of N 结构︰主词＋be 动词＋the＋最高级＋of＋复数名词
说明︰此句型意为“„是最„的„”。本的意思等于“＋be ＋the＋＋单数”。
Robert Frost was the most American of American poets. 罗伯‧佛洛斯特是最具美国风格的美国诗人。
He is the strictest of teachers in our school. 他是我们学校最严格的老师。
It is the most popular of movies. 这是最受欢迎的电影。
English is the most international of languages. 英语是最国际化的语言。
It is the most difficult of examinations. 那是最难的考试。
You must make the most of your opportunities. 你必须尽量利用机会。 A is the ...est of all.结构︰主词＋be 动词＋the＋最高级＋of all 说明︰此句型意为“„是最为„”。“＋of all”的比“”强。
These frozen foods are the most convenient of all. 这些冷冻食品是最为方便。
It is the most important of all. 那是最为重要的。
32 / 103
They are the most dependable of all. 他们是最为可靠的。 A is most ...结构︰主词＋be 动词＋没有 the 的最高级„
说明︰在以下几种场合里的之前没有 the：被用来代替“very＋原级”或“very”以加强 时前面没有 the；most 的含义是“多数”时前面没有 the；用作时前面没有 the；带有的之前没有 the。
I think he is a most learned man. 我认为他是个很有学问的人。
A most beautiful girl came to see him yesterday. 昨天有一个很漂亮的女孩来看他。
Such a most talented person as he shouldn’t be satisfied with what he is.
像他这么有才华的人不应满足于现状。
A comet is at perihelion when it is closest (=very close) to the sun.
彗星最接近太阳时，它就是在近日点。
A person is most disappointed when he is in despair. 一个人在绝望时最失望。
He is calmest (=very calm) when he is all by himself. 他一人独处时极为平静。
The sentence of six months imprisonment was most unjust.六个月监禁的判决极其不公。
Most people need six to eight hours of sleep every day.多数人每天需要六至八小时的睡眠。
Most learned men are modest. 大部分有学问的人都很谦虚。
I like apples best of all fruits.所有水果中我最喜欢苹果。
Bill runs quickly, Jack runs more quickly than Bill, and Bob runs most quickly of all.
比尔跑得快，杰克跑得比比尔快，鲍伯在三者中跑得最快。
Jane’s worst fault is her quick temper. 珍最大的毛病是她的急性子。
She is my youngest sister. 她是我最小的妹妹。 A is the last to ...结构︰主词＋be 动词＋the last＋（名词）＋to-不定词／子句
说明︰此句型意为“„是最不可能„”。the last 表示“最不可能„；绝不至于„”，它的后面有时有 。
I would be the last to attempt to answer the question.我是最不可能去尝试回答这个问题。
He is the last person (that) I want to see. 他是我最不想要看到的人。
This is the last attempt (that) he would make.这是他最不可能做的尝试。
The author should be the last man to talk about his work. 作者应该是最不喜欢谈论自己作品的人。 superior/inferior to ...结构︰superior／inferior to„
说明︰此句型意为“优于／劣于„”。这是不规则的，其后跟 to 代替 than，其他还有“prefer„ to„（喜爱„甚于„）”，“senior to ...（年长的）”，“junior to ...（年少的）”等。
I prefer tea to coffee.
茶与咖啡，我较喜欢茶。
I prefer chemistry to physics.
我喜欢化学甚于物理。
33 / 103
He is superior to his brother in mathematics.
他的数学比他兄弟好。
A cheaper camera is not always inferior to a more expensive one.
廉价照相机的质量并总不比昂贵的差。
This plastic is inferior in quality to gla.
这塑料的质料比玻璃差。
He is senior to me by seven years.
他比我年长七岁。
The president was so young that he was junior to some of his employees.
总裁的年龄甚至是比他的一些雇员还小。 含不定词句型 I am glad to ...结构︰主词（人）＋be 动词＋情绪形容词（如 glad，sorry„）＋不定词„。
说明︰放在情绪如 glad，sorry，happy，sad，surprised，troubled等字之后修饰，这是做的用法。
I am glad to see him. 我很高兴看到他。
Sue was troubled to see trash everywhere. 苏看到到处是垃圾很苦恼。
Sara was excited to see the rock band. 莎拉看到摇滚乐团很兴奋。 ...too ...to ...结构︰主词＋动词＋too＋形容词／副词＋（for＋sb.）＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“太„而（使某人）不能„”。too 为，可修饰或。too 后也可接含有的单数，即“too＋＋a＋单数＋to-”，也可以是“too much＋＋to„”或“too many＋复数＋to„”。该句型如提到“对某人来说”，则加入“for＋人”。该句型表示“否定”的意义，若加上，则须用否定，如例句8。
He walked too slowly to catch up with me. 他走得太慢而不能跟上我。
It is too dark in this room for me to read a book. 房间太暗，使我无法看书。
This problem is too difficult for them to settle. 这对他们来说真是一个难解的问题。
The price is too low for customers to believe. 价格低得令顾客难以相信。
He is too young a boy to do it. 他还太小，无法做这事。
He has too much work on hand to go picnicking with us. 他手头的工作太多了，不能跟我们去野餐。
He has too many things at his disposal to go home early.有太多事要他处理，使他不能早点回家。
The boy is too young to do it, isn’t he? 这男孩年纪太轻不能做这件事，不是吗？ I am too glad not to ...结构︰主词＋动词＋too＋形容词／副词＋not＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“太„而必能„；非常„”。本具有双重否定作用，也可将否定词移到部分。
Our profeor is too capable not to solve this difficult problem.
我们教授非常有才干，必定能解决这一难题。
This customer is too honest not to deceive us. 这位客户非常诚实，不会骗我们。
34 / 103
I am too glad not to help the boy.我太乐意了而不能不帮助那男孩－－我非常乐意帮助那男孩。
It is never too late to learn.
活到老，学到老。 I am only too ...to ...结构︰主词＋动词＋only too＋形容词／副词＋to-不定词
说明︰此句型意为“非常„”。only 除去了 too 的否定意义，only too 相当于 very，very much 等。
I am only too glad to accept your kind invitation.
我非常高兴地接受你的邀请。
He is only too willing to serve friends. 他极愿为朋友效劳。
I am only too pleased to do busine with you. 我能和你做生意，太高兴了。 ADJ/ADV + enough to ...结构︰主词＋动词＋„形容词／副词＋enough＋（for sb.）＋to-不定词
说明︰此句型意为“足以„”。enough 可做或用，在此做，可修饰或，恒置于被修饰的或之后。
We need several men strong enough to do the work.我们需要几个强壮得足以做这件工作的人。
They bought a house large enough for ten persons to live in.我们买了一栋房子，大得足以供十个人住。
He is competent enough to fill that position.
他足以胜任那职位。
He ran fast enough to catch the thief.
他跑得飞快，足以抓住那小偷。
Our teacher is old enough to retire.
我们老师年纪已够得上退休了。
The aignment is few enough to be finished within half an hour.作业很少，足能在半小时内完成。 ...enough + N + to do ...结构︰主词＋动词＋enough＋名词＋to-不定词
说明︰此句型意为“有足够的„可以做„”。该句型也可写作“主词＋动词＋名词＋enough＋to-不定词”。 enough 在此做，修饰，可置于该之前或之后。
He has enough money (=money enough) to buy a car.
他有足够的钱买一辆汽车。
He hasn’t enough sense to realize his mistakes.他没有足够的辨别力去认识自己的错误。
It is a pity that he doesn’t have enough money to sponsor the project.
遗憾的是他没有足够的钱来支持这项计划。
Will 2,000 dozens be enough for selling? 两千打够卖吗？ ...be good enough to ...结构︰Would you be good enough＋to-不定词„？
说明︰此句型意为“请你„好吗？”。本的意思和“Would you be so kind as to ...?”一样， 较客气。
Would you be good enough to turn the radio down a bit?请你把收音机的声音关小一点好吗？
Would you be good enough to keep silent?
请你保持安静好吗？
Would you be good enough to move a bit to the right? 请你往右边移一点好吗？ ...how (+ N) + to do ...结构︰„how／what／when／where／which／whose（＋名词）＋to-不定词„
35 / 103 说明︰此句型意为“应该如何做／何时做／何地做／做哪些事„”。what，whom，which 为疑问，做其后 中的，否则就做的。how，where，when，why均为。中的若为，则后面要有；若为，则不需要。
How do I know what to do and what not to do? 我怎么知道什么该做，什么不该做？
He showed me how to use the tape recorder.他教我如何使用这台卡式录音机。
What to do is one question, and how to do it is quite another.
应该做什么和应该怎样做是完全不同的两个问题。
The trouble is when to start the busine. 麻烦在于应该什么时候开始这项工作。
We haven’t decided where to go for lunch. 我们还没有决定去哪里午餐。
I don’t know which advise to follow. 不晓得该听谁的劝告。
I learned what expreions to use in public. 我懂得在公共场所中应使用什么措辞。
How to begin is more difficult than where to stop.如何着手远比在何处结束来得困难。
You should know what to cook to eat. 你应该知道该煮什么来吃。
The problem is when to get the money we need.问题是什么时候能得到我们所需要的钱。
There are so many fancy cars on display here that I don’t know which to buy.
有这么多的豪华汽车在此展出，我不知要买哪一辆才好。 ...only to do ...结构︰„only／merely／simply／just＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“竟然„；却„”。表示与先前的努力相反的结果，一般用在句尾。
He studied hard only to fail in the exam. 他这么用功，结果竟然考场失利。
He rushed all the way to the station only to mi the train.他一路冲往车站，结果还是错过了火车。
He tried a second time only to fail again. 他再试一次，竟然还是失败。
He tried to increase his income by gambling only to plunge more deeply into the mire.
他企图藉赌博增加收入，却陷入了更深的困境。
I went out, merely to get caught in a shower. 我跑出去，结果徒然碰到一场骤雨。 ...have only to do ...结构︰have only＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“只需„就够了”。相当于“All one has to do ...”或“What one has to do ...”。
You have only to sit there and watch what I am doing.你只要坐在这里，看着我做就行了。
Don’t worry; you have only to sing a song to please her.
不用担心，你只需唱首歌让她高兴就行了。
You have only to go.
你只要去即可。
You have only to ask and he’ll tell you.
你只要问他，他就会告诉你。 ...never to do ...结构︰„never＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“不会再有„的结果”。
36 / 103
He went on a journey when he was 18 years old, never to come back.
他十八岁时出外旅行，一直没有回来。
He went off to the war never to return alive. 他去参加战争，没能活着回来。
She left her husband, never to come back. 她离开了她丈夫，再也没回来。 make/have sb.do sth.结构︰主词＋make／have／bid／let＋受词（人）＋不定词原形
说明︰此句型意为“要／嘱咐／叫„”。中，make、have、bid、let 等字加了之后，要接原形做，与使用相比，原形重点在事实。变成时，该要变成。但是 have 当时，无。
I made him do it.
我叫他做这事。
I let him do it.
我让他做这事。
They had/made the girl clean the floor.
他们叫这个女孩打扫地板。
The mother bade the child behave himself.
妈妈叮咛孩子要守规矩。
He was bidden to finish the work on schedule.
我要他按时完成工作。
My father will probably have Tom paint the house green.我爸爸很可能叫汤姆把房子漆成绿色。
He had me help him with his homework.
他叫我帮忙他做家庭作业。 ...want/like to do ...结构︰主词＋一般及物动词＋不定词（to＋V）„。
说明︰常以作为的有：like（喜欢），want（想要），try（设法）， love（喜爱），hate（讨厌），forget（忘记），begin（开始），start（开始），need（必须）。
Some students hate to study English.
有些学生不喜欢研读英语。
You need to study in a quiet place.
你必须在一个安定的地方读书。
He likes to go to the movie.
他喜欢去看电影。
She wants to help Mary.
她想要帮助玛丽。 ...want/ask sb.to do ...结构︰主词＋want／ask／tell 等＋受词＋to-不定词
说明︰放在的后面，用于补充说明的动作，叫做“”；当要表达“不要做某事”的意思时，则须采用的，即直接在前加 not。常用的此类有 want，get，compel，expect，ask，would like，advise，urge，wish，tell，allow，permit，trouble，help，teach 等。
I told him not to goof around.
我叫他不要游手好闲。
The teacher urged his students to prepare for the exam. 老师劝他的学生准备考试。
They forced me to do things against my will. 他们强迫我做违背我心意的事。
Do you want me to go there instead of you? 要不要我代你到那儿去？
I got him to do it. 我叫他做这事。
Their help enabled me to finish the work with ease.他们帮助我，使我能够顺利地完成工作。
37 / 103
A sense of humor enabled him to get along well with others. 幽默感使他能与人相处愉快。
The heavy workload forced me to cancel the camping trip.繁重的工作量迫使我取消去露营。
The father allowed (=permitted) his son to travel abroad alone. 父亲答应让他的儿子单独出国旅行。
We troubled him to turn on the light. 我们麻烦他打开电灯。
We needed someone to fix the tape recorder. 我们需要有人来修理录音机。 I heard him sing.结构︰主词＋hear／see／feel＋受词＋原形不定词
说明︰此句型意为“听／看／感觉„”。英文中表示“看”，“听”，“感觉”的三类，加了之后，须接原形做，用以表示已发生，而且是主动意味的事实。我们称此类为知觉，常用的有 see，watch，notice，look at，hear，listen to，feel 等。变成时，要变成，如例句4。这些词后也可接现在，强调“动作进行”，而接原形，则强调“整个事实”。
Did you notice anyone come in? 你注意到有人进来过吗？
As far as I remember, I have never seen him smile. 在我记忆中，我从未见他笑过。
She once heard him whisper to another girl. 她曾听到他对另外一个女孩说悄悄话。
He was heard to sing. 我听到他唱歌。
I felt my heart beat violently. 我感觉到自己的心跳得很厉害。
She liked to listen to children talk.
她喜欢听孩子们谈话。
We heard him playing with his puppy.
我们听到了他在玩着他的小狗。
Rick often watched the boats returning to port in the late afternoon.
瑞克常常看到小船在傍晚正回到港口。 be going to ...结构︰主词＋be going＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“将做„”。“be going＋to-”用作表示未来的，表示最近之未来将做的行为或未来的意图。这种经常用于会话体，表示包含讲话者的主观或感情的情形。
He is going to marry Jane in May.
他打算五月和珍结婚。
I am going to stay up late to finish my paper.
为了完成报告我打算熬夜不睡。
I’m afraid he is going to lose the match.
我恐怕他会输掉比赛。
The train was just going to start when we arrived.
我们到达时，火车马上就要开了。
My father was a sailor and I’m going to be one, too.我父亲（以前）是水手，我也打算当水手。 be about to ...结构︰主词＋be about＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“将做„”。表示极近的未来之行为，故为了表示几乎等于现在的未来而不和未来之 一起使用，如：不能说“I am about to go next week.”。
He was surely about to change his mind.
他一定会改变主意。
She was about to walk out of the door when the telephone rang.电话铃响时她正要出门。
38 / 103
Something unusual was about to happen. 某种不寻常的事正要发生。 ...be to ...结构︰主词＋be＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“预定要„”。“be＋to＋”含有事先的安排或命令，表示“必须„；应该„；打算„”。
A was to be placed onto A’, and B onto B’....seem/appear to ...结构︰主词＋seem／appear＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“似乎是„，好像„”。to-的内容是表示状态的词。seem 有时要加入“或许”（probably）的意思翻译起来才适当；appear近于“乍看之下好像是„”的意思。
Taiwan seems to contain no petroleum.
台湾恐怕没有蕴藏石油吧！
The thread seems to match the cloth.
这线和这布似乎很相称。
He appears to be very tired.
他似乎很累。
These stars appear to move around the North Star.
这些星星似乎环绕着北极星转。
They appear to be able to handle the problem. 他们似乎可以处理这个问题。
John seems to love music very much.
约翰似乎很喜欢音乐。 To ..., Main Clause 结构︰不定词词组，主要子句
说明︰此类通常放在句首，表示目的，修饰。常用的有 to tell the truth（老实说），to do someone justice（替某人说句公道话），to be brief（简言之），to begin with（首先），to sum up（总之），to make matters worse（更糟的是），so to speak（可以这么说），needle to say（不用说），to say nothing of sth。（更不用说）等。
To make sure that he was at home, I called him up in advance.为了确定他在家，我事先打电话给他。
To tell the truth, I don’t agree to your plan.
老实讲，我不同意你的计划。
To do her justice, she is not as bad as you described. 说句公道话，她并没有你说的那样坏。
To sum up, only when strict punishment can be imposed on the lawle, can social stability be maintained. 总之，唯有当严刑峻罚加之于违法之徒时，才能维持社会安定。
Mary is, so to speak, a hardworking student.
玛丽可说是个用功的学生。
I can’t speak English, to say nothing of Chinese. 我不会说英语，更别提中文了。
Needle to say, learning without thinking is usele.不用说，学而不思则罔。 ...pretend to ...结构︰主词＋pretend＋to-不定词／that-子句
说明︰此句型意为“假装„”。pretend 后面用 to-不定词或 that 子句。
He was pretending to climb a mountain. 他假装在爬山。
She pretended not to go. 她假装不去。
He pretended to be a good man. 他假装是好人。
39 / 103
Let’s pretend (that) we are pirates. 让我们玩假装海盗的游戏吧！ ...stop to ...结构︰主词＋stop＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“停下来„”。若“stop＋Ving”是“停止„”。
They just don’t stop to think.
他们就是不停下来想一想。
They stopped to look into the window.
他们停下来看看橱窗。
I have stopped smoking for half a year.
我已经半年不抽烟了。 ...be meant to ...结构︰主词＋be meant＋to-不定词
说明︰此句型意为“„是有意要„；„是命中注定要„”。“be meant to V”有时变成“be meant for N”。
Some TV programs are meant to be watched today and forgotten tomorrow.
有些电视节目的用意是要今天观赏，明天忘掉。
He believes he is meant to be a great man.
他相信他命中要成为伟人。
This dictionary is meant for you.
这本字典是要给你的。 be + ADJ + to ...结构︰主词＋be＋形容词＋to-不定词
说明︰实际上是 to-的，经过转变而移到句首。
It was even more pleasing to look at in the morning light.
它在早晨的光线下看起来更悦目。
The rising sun is especially beautiful to look at from this angle.旭日从这个角度看起来特别美。
I think she is easy to please. 我想她是很容易讨好的。 ...be likely to ...结构︰主词＋be likely＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“„可能„”。likely 表示具有充分根据的预测。有时可变为“It is likely that ...”。
One’s first impreion is likely to be that everyone is in a rush.一个人的第一个印象是，每个人都是匆忙的。
He is likely to arrive at any time.
他可能随时会到。
His health is likely to get worse.
他的健康可能会恶化。 make an/no attempt to ...结构︰主词＋make an／no attempt＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“„打算要／没有打算要„”；“„试图要／没有试图要„”。
His smile deepened, but he made no attempt to answer. 他的微笑加深了，但他没有打算要回答。
I made no attempt to make friends with her.
我没有打算要和她做朋友。
Will they make any attempt?
他们会再做另一次的尝试吗？ happen/chance to ...结构︰主词＋happen／chance＋to-不定词„ 说明︰此句型意为“„碰巧„”。
40 / 103
A friend of his happened to be sitting in a railroad-coach next to a young man who was obviously depreed.
他的一个朋友碰巧在火车车厢里坐在一个无精打采的年轻人的身边。
We happened to meet at the station.
我们碰巧在火车站相遇。
He happened to be sleeping.
他碰巧在睡觉。
I chanced to be thinking of the same thing.
我碰巧想到同样的事。 ...is said to ...结构︰主词＋is said＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“据说„（现在）是„”。而“is said to have been ...”是“据说„（以前）是„”。
His music is said to be “good”or “great”.
他的音乐据说是“好”或“了不起”。
He is said to have been the richest man in Taiwan.
据说他以前是台湾最有钱的人。
They are said to build a hospital here.
据说他们要在这里盖一家医院。 ...be bound to ...结构︰主词＋be bound＋to-不定词
说明︰此句型意为“一定„”。“be bound to V”是“be sure to V（一定）”之意，而“be bound for”是“前往”之意。
Something is bound to happen one way or another to end the conflict or solve the problem.
事情一定以某种方式发生以结束冲突或解决难题。
He is bound to come tonight.
他今天晚上一定会来。
If so, your points of view are bound to conflict with his.如果这样的话，你的观点一定会和他的起冲突。 ...do all one can to ...结构︰主词＋do all one can to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“尽一切可能来„”。注意 do 和 can 的要保持一致。
Daddy did all he could to fill my needs and desires.爸爸尽一切可能来满足我的需求和欲望。
You should do all you can to persuade him. 你应该尽一切可能来说服他。
We have done all we could to catch up with them.我们已经尽了一切可能来赶上他们。 have sth.to do with ...结构︰...have something／nothing to do with ...说明︰此句型意为“„与„有／无关系”。这是包含不定式的习惯用法。随着“有关系”的程度， something 可改为 little，much，a great deal 等。have nothing to do with表示否定；have anything to do with 用于中。
Her diligence must have something to do with his succe. 她的勤勉和她的成功一定有某些关系。
The traffic accident had nothing to do with him. 这交通事故和他一点关系也没有。
His wife had much to do with his bankruptcy.他的破产和他的妻子很有关系。 have no other N except to 结构︰主词＋have no other＋名词＋except／than＋to-不定词
41 / 103 说明︰此句型意为“除了要„没有其他的„”。except 可以换成 than。
The speaker has no other purpose except to make people laugh.
这位演说者除了想搞笑之外，没有别的目的。
We have no other choice than to agree with them.我们除了同意他们之外，没有别的选择。
I have no other wish except to pa the examination.我除了要通过考试之外，没有别的心愿。 ...in order/so as to ...结构︰in order／so as＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“为了„；想做„就得„”。这是表目的的不定词句型，意思更为明确。
He must work very hard in order to support his large family.
他必须拼命工作以养活他的大家庭。
Listen carefully so as to follow the teacher.
要仔细听才能听懂老师讲的课。
You must watch your step so as not to fall down.你必须留心脚下才不会跌下去。 ...be used to ...结构︰主词(物) + be used to-不定词
说明︰此句型意为“被用来„”。主词通常是无生命的东西。而“物＋be used as＋”译为“被用来当做„”。
The book is used to teach us how to write.
这本书教我们如何写作。
The knife can be used to cut meat.
刀能用来切肉。
It is said that the plant can be used to treat hepatitis. 据说那种植物可用来治肝炎。
The book is used as a reference book. 这本书被用来做参考书。 含分词之句型 I am + V-ing ...结构︰主词＋am（are，is）＋现在分词„
说明︰此句型意为“（人，物）正在„”。用于表示现在“正在进行”的动作或“暂时性”的动作，常和 now，still，at this time 等（）连用。而用于表示现在的“事实，习惯或状态”，常和 every day，usually，always 等()连用。
Bill is singing.
比尔正在唱歌。
Linda is cooking.
琳达在烹饪。
My father is sleeping. 我父亲在睡觉。
Mother cooks dinner every evening. 妈妈每天晚上做晚饭。
She is cooking in the kitchen now. 她现在正在厨房里做饭。
Father walks to his office every morning.
爸爸每天早上走路去上班。
He is walking to his office now. 他现在正在走路去上班。
Mary sings in her room every afternoon. 玛丽每天下午在她房间里唱歌。
She is singing in her room now. 她现在正在她房间里唱歌。 an interesting movie
42 / 103 结构︰主词＋动词＋a／an＋（very）＋现在分词＋名词（物）„。
说明︰“情绪”如 interest，excite，satisfy，bore，confuse，trouble 等，要修饰事物，常用现在；现在含有“主动”或动作“正在进行”的意味。
That is an interesting movie.
那是一部令人有趣的电影。
That is an exciting game.
那是一场令人兴奋的比赛。
That is a satisfying book.
那是一本令人满意的书。 Have you + V-ed ...? 结构︰Have／Has＋主词＋过去分词＋„？
说明︰将 have（has）提到句首，即构成的疑问式。
Have you had your lunch?
你已吃过午饭吗？
Has she ever written a letter to Mark?
她曾经写信给马克吗？
Have you found the pen you lost yesterday?
你找到昨天丢失的钢笔了吗？ a troubled student 结构︰主词＋动词＋a／an＋（very）＋过去分词＋名词（人）„。
说明︰“情绪”如 interest，excite，satisfy，bore，confuse，trouble 等，要修饰人，常用过去；过去含有“被动”或动作“已经完成”的意味。
He is a troubled student.
他是一位感到苦恼的学生。
He is an interested person.
他是一位表现兴趣的人。
He is a bored student.
他是一位感到厌烦的学生。 I have written a letter.结构︰主词＋have（has）＋过去分词＋„。
说明︰用于表示“过去某时”发生的事情，“直到现在”才完成，或“继续到现在”，或其结果“影响到现在”，它的肯定式由“have（has）＋过去”构成，其中 have或 has 是，当是第三人称单数（he，she，it„）时，用 has，其余人称用 have。
I have written a letter. 我已经写了一封信。
Mary has studied English for three years.
玛丽研读英语已有三年。
He has liked dogs since he was a child. 自从他是小孩时，他就喜欢狗。 ...is ...ed by ...结构︰主词＋be 动词＋过去分词＋by＋受词„。
说明︰将主动句改为被动句时，先将主动句的变成被动句的，再将主动句的改成“be＋过去分词”，且须注意 be 的时式要与主动句的时式相同，最后将主动句的变成被动句 by 的。
The news is widely spread by them.
这一消息被他们广为传播。
Vegetables are needed every day by us.
蔬菜每天被我们所需要。
This letter was typed by Alice this morning.
这封信在今早被艾丽斯用打字机打过了。 will be V-ed by ...
43 / 103 结构︰主词＋will be＋过去分词＋by＋受词„。
说明︰将现在式被动句的 be （am，is，are）改为 will be，是构成未来式被动句的一种方法。
That book will be brought by Mary tomorrow.
那本书明天将被玛丽带来。
That car will be washed this afternoon. 那部汽车今天下午将会被洗。
The building will be opened next month.
那栋大楼下个月将营业。 be going to be V-ed by 结构︰主词＋be going to＋be＋过去分词＋by＋受词„。
说明︰在现在式被动句的 be （am，is，are）后加 going to be，是构成未来式被动句的另一种方法。
These clothes are going to be washed by her.
这些衣服将由她来洗。
A birthday cake is going to be brought to the table by the cook. 一只生日蛋糕将被厨师放到桌子上。
Music is going to be taught by Mi Lin. 音乐课将由林小姐来教。 can(not) be V-ed by ...结构︰主词＋can（not）be ＋过去分词＋by＋受词„。
说明︰将主动句中的（can，must„）照抄，后面加上 be＋过去，即构成含有的被动句。
That leon can not be understood by many students.
那一课无法为许多学生所理解。
The question can not be answered by many people. 这一问题无法被许多人回答。
His poor handwriting can not be read by himself.他糟糕的笔迹无法被他本人所辨认。 ...V + V-ing ...结构︰主词＋动词＋补语（现在分词）
说明︰英文中，若两个在一起而无加以连接，所表示的动作又是同时发生的，则第二个要变成现在；若第二个是be时，应变成现在 being，但 being通常予以省略。
We sat listening to the sound of the waves.
我们坐着倾听海浪的声音。
The dog lay dozing in front of the door. 小狗躺在门前打盹儿。
She stood there (being) motionle. 她站在那儿，一动也不动。
He quickly ran home, looking as if there was something wrong with him.
他快步跑回家，看上去好像有什么事不对劲。
I stand looking over the lake.
我站着展望湖面。
Some leaves went flying into my room. 几片叶子飞着进入我的房间。 ...V-ing／V-ed + N ...结构︰„现在分词／过去分词＋名词（或名词＋现在分词／过去分词）
说明︰这是做之修饰语的用法，该修饰其前或后紧临之；之前有其他单字或跟随时，通常放在后面。
The shouting boy did not hear his mother call him.
大声叫嚷的孩子听不到妈妈的叫唤。
The girl standing in the front row is my niece.
站在前排的少女是我的侄女。
44 / 103
There were no printed books in those days.
当时没有印刷的书籍。
This is a play written by an American author.
这是美国作家写的剧本。
The prisoners closely guarded escaped from the prison last night.被严密监视的这些囚犯昨夜越狱了。
I looked painfully at the vase broken into pieces. 我痛苦地看着这个破得粉碎的花瓶。
It is difficult to shoot a flying bird, especially a small bird flying high up in the sky.
要射中飞行中的小鸟，尤其是高空飞行的小鸟，非常困难。
Soon we came to a crowded street, a very wide street crowded with allsorts of vehicles.
我们很快就来到一条很宽、很吵杂，各种车辆来往行驶的大马路上。 feel/make ...V-ing/V-ed 结构︰keep／make／hear 等＋受词＋现在分词／过去分词
说明︰ keep，find 或 make，let，get 等，以及 hear，see，watch，feel 等后的若强调正在进行的概念，且有主动意味时，以现在表示；若有被动意味时，则以“being＋过去”表示，均译成“正在„”。若要强调被动且已发生的概念，则用过去做，译成“被„”。
At last I succeeded in getting my car moving slowly.最后，我终于成功地让我的车子慢慢移动。
We saw him watering the lawn around the house.
我们看见他在为屋子四周的草坪浇水。
Have you heard the opera sung in French?
你听过用法语唱的这场歌剧吗？
I felt something crawling up my arm.
我感觉到有什么东西爬上我的手臂。
I saw him being punished by the teacher.
我看到他正被老师处罚。
I saw the boy carried away to the hospital.
我看到那个男孩被抬去医院。
I found the work being done in a rush.
我发现这件作品正仓促地被完成。 ...get(s) V-ed/ADJ 结构︰主词（某人）＋get（s）＋过去分词（或形容词）„。
说明︰此句型意为“某人变成„”。get＋（过去）的常见用例有：get old（年纪大）， get hungry（肚子饿），get angry（生气），get sick（生病），get fat（发胖）， get tired（疲倦），get lost（迷路），get confused（困惑），get hurt（受伤）， get excited（兴奋），get ready（准备好）。
John got lost.
约翰迷路了。
Mary gets tired of wearing red drees.
玛丽厌倦穿红色衣服。
The question is so hard, and we’re getting confused. 这问题太难，我们感到困惑。 ...have/get sth.done 结构︰主词＋have／get／make＋受词＋过去分词
说明︰此句型意为“把„（办完）”。make 之后的习惯上是“人”而非“物”；但 have 和 get 后的在此 中是“物”，有“叫别人代劳”的意味，即做事的人并非，而是别人。
Be sure to get the work finished before six o’clock. 务必在六点之前把工作完成。
Are you going to get the house painted green? 你打算要把房子漆成绿色吗？
I want to get/have these shoes mended. 我想把这些鞋子修补一下。
45 / 103
He has been unable to raise enough money to have the big clock repaired.
他一直无法筹募到足够的钱来把这个大钟修理好。
I’ll have it sent right away. 我会立刻把它（拍送）出去。
Have it charged to my credit card. 把它记在我的信用卡的账号里。
I cannot make myself understood in English.
我无法用英文使自己被人了解。（我无法用英文把我的意思讲清楚。）
I had my tooth extracted.(=I had the dentist extract my tooth.) 我把牙拔了。（我是叫医生拔的。） Sth.is being + V-ed ...结构︰主词＋is being＋过去分词„
说明︰此句型意为“„正在被„”。是的。
Money is being used in place of something more direct.金钱正在被更直接地用来取代某种东西。
The machine is being experimentally used. 这些机器正在被实验地使用着。
The problems are being discued. 这些问题正在被讨论着。 ...go + V-ing ...结构︰go＋现在分词
说明︰此句型意为“从事„”。go 之后的现在通常是运动类的，如：fishing（钓鱼），boating（划船），skating（溜冰），skiing（滑雪），hunting（打猎），mountain climbing（爬山）， shopping（购物）等。
Sometimes Mr.Black went swimming with the children.有时布拉克先生和这些小孩去游泳。
We went fishing yesterday and I caught three fish.我们昨天去钓鱼，而我钓了三条。
I find it interesting and healthy to go mountain climbing.我觉得爬山有趣又有益健康。
The American housewife probably goes shopping only once or twice a week.
美国家庭主妇可能一星期只购物
一、二次。
You may go gra skiing, bicycle riding, or shopping on the weekend.
周末你可以去滑草，骑脚踏车，或购物。 the + V-ing/V-ed/ADJ 结构︰the＋现在分词／过去分词／形容词
说明︰，包括可做的，前面加 the，可当复数用，表示“全体”的意思，其后的用复数形。常用的有：the wounded（所有受伤的人），the handicapped（所有残障者），the rich（有钱人），the dead（所有已死的人），the dying（所有垂死的人），the unknown（所有未知之事）等。
The rich are not necearily happy.
有钱人未必快乐。
The oppreed were free after the coup.
被压迫的人民，在政变之后获得自由。
The dying were rushed to the hospital. 垂死的人被急速送往医院。
During the depreion, millions of the unemployed wandered around in the streets.
经济萧条时期，有好几百万的失业者在街头游荡。
46 / 103 V-ing/V-ed ..., Main Clause 结构︰现在分词／过去分词„，主要子句
说明︰这是含句构的，是以代替。中的应和中的动作接受者一致。若为 be 或 have been，变成现在 being 或 having been后，可以省略。若变成时， not 或 never 应置于之前。
Holding the watch up, she listened.
把表拿起来，她注意听。
Standing in the dark, I can not see anything.
站在黑夜里，我什么也看不见。
Sitting under the tree, I was hit by a stone on the head.我坐在树下，被一块石头击中了头。
(Being) a lover of nature, he often goes mountain climbing.因为热爱大自然，他常常去爬山。
Angry with his wife, Tom kicked the dog.
因为和太太生气，汤姆踢狗。
Rich and generous, he contributed two million dollars to the Red Cro.
因为有钱又慷慨，他捐了两百万圆给红十字会。
(Having been) Knocked down by a car, he spent a week in the hospital.
被车子撞倒后，他在医院里度过了一星期。
Seriously damaged, the bridge is no longer in use.因受到严重损坏，这座桥不再使用了。
Caught in a rain, he was wet all over.
淋到了一场雨，他全身都湿了。
Bitten by a dog, the little boy did not dare to play with dogs again.被狗咬过，这个小男孩不敢再和狗玩。
Written in English, the book is difficult for me to understand. 用英文写的这本书对我来说很难理解。
Not (being) fond of learning, he ran away from home.由于不喜欢读书，他就离家出走了。
Never having been to Switzerland before, he longs for a trip there.
因为从来没去过瑞士，他期待一趟瑞士之旅。 When + V-ing ...结构︰when／while／once／if／unle／though＋现在分词
说明︰当when，while，once，if，unle，though 等引导时，若其与相同，可保留该，其余部分则化简为。
He says "Please" when making a request.
请求时，他说：“请”。
When waiting for a bus, he takes his turn.
等公共汽车时，他按顺序排队。
He stopped to talk to me when seeing me.
看到我的时候，他停下来和我说话。
If falling ill, I’ll stay home taking a good rest.
如果生病，我会待在家里好好休息。
Once arriving there, I’ll keep contact with you. 一到那里，我会跟你连络。
Unle (being) rich, I am not going to buy a house.除非有钱，要不然我是不会买房子的。
Though knowing the truth, he remained silent.虽然他知道实情，却保持沉默。 N + V-ing/V-ed 结构︰名词＋现在分词／过去分词，„
说明︰这是含独立结构的，即因不同而将意义上的置于之前。若 为 be 或 have been，变成现在 being 或 having been 后，可以省略。若意义上的
47 / 103 是 we，you，one 等表世上之一般人的情形时，即使和之不同，也可省略，变成惯用的句子，常用的有：frankly speaking（坦白说），judging from（由„观之），talking about／of（谈谈„），generally speaking（一般而言），roughly speaking（大体言之）等。
They were trembling, their mouths watering at the thought of the beer.
他们颤抖着，一想到啤酒，口水就流出来。
He was sitting next to Mrs.Smith, his eyes resting on her daughter.
他坐在史密斯太太的旁边，他的视线落在她女儿的身上。
The earthquake took place, the windows broken into pieces. 地震发生了，户破得粉碎。
"There it is," he whispered, his eyes (being) bright with sudden tears.
“就在那里。”他低声地说，他的眼睛闪亮着突然而来的眼泪。
He said in a low voice, both his hands (being) on his back.他低声地说，他的双手放在背后。
He argued, his voice trembling with anger. 他争论着，他的声音由于生气而颤抖。
Generally speaking, women live longer than men. 一般而言，女性寿命较男性长。
Frankly speaking, he is not so bad as you might think.坦白讲，他没有你想象中的坏。 with + N + V-ing/V-ed 结构︰with＋名词＋现在分词／过去分词
说明︰这是表“附带状况（并行行为）”的，常用来描述情景。有时使用、、代替。
She sang to the music with her hand waving gently. 她跟着音乐唱歌，手斯文地挥动着。
He came running here with one hand holding a knife. 他手上握着刀向这里跑来。
He came running here with a knife held in one hand. 他一手握着刀向这里跑来。
With our work done, we felt much at ease. 工作做完后，我们觉得好轻松。
She looked at him with the color gone from her face.她凝视着他，脸上毫无血色。
He was dozing with a book open in his hands.他在打盹，手上的书打开着。
My father sometimes goes out for a stroll with a stick in his hand. 父亲有时候带着手杖出去散步。
What a lonely world it would be with you away! 妳要是不在，这世界不知将有多寂寞！ V-ing ...+ be + N ...结构︰现在分词„＋be 动词＋名词
说明︰此句型的是句子的，所以 be 要和一致。
Coexisting with such love in the American family are cultural values of self-reliance and independence. 和美国家庭的这种爱同时并存的是自强及独立的文化价值观。
Growing along the river are tall palm trees. 沿着这条河生长的是高大的棕梠树。
Lying north of the church is a girls’ senior high school.位于这座教堂以北的是一所女子高中。 含动名词之句型 Thinking correctly is ...结构︰动名词＋副词（或名词）＋单数动词＋„。
48 / 103 说明︰此句型意为“做某事是„的”。在文法上具有与的双重性质，故可以像一样充当；又因当时，用于指“某一件事”，属于第三人称单数，故取单数。
Thinking correctly is important.
思考正确是重要的。
Living in the big city is convenient.
住在大城市是方便的。
Reading good books makes us happy.
阅读好书使得我们快乐。 ...without + N/V-ing ...结构︰主词＋动词＋„without＋名词／动名词„。
说明︰此句型意为“没有（不用）„”。without 当“没有；不用；假如没有；当„不”解，是，后面接（）或，用法相当于“and ...not”或“if（when）„not＋”。
I can’t start a fire without matches.
我没有火柴不能点火。
We won’t go without you joining it.
你没有参加的话我们就不去了。
You can’t see the movie without the ticket.
你没有票，不能看电影。
He went to school without breakfast.(=He went to school and did not eat breakfast.)
他没吃早饭就去上学了。 I like + V-ing ...结构︰主词＋及物动词＋动名词（当受词）＋„。
说明︰此句型意为“某人„做某事”。下列的后面，常接当：like，love， hate，begin，start，try，enjoy，mind，practise。
I like doing my homework.
我喜欢做我的家庭作业。
He loves listening to music.
他喜欢听音乐。
The boys hate doing homework on Sundays.
男孩们讨厌在星期日做家庭作业。 cannot help + V-ing ...结构︰主词＋cannot help＋动名词
说明︰此句型意为“不得„，不禁„”。这里的 help 作“抗拒”或“避免”解，此时一定要用，相当于“＋cannot but／cannot help but＋原形”。
He cannot help loving Mary because of her beauty.
因为玛丽长得美，他不禁爱上她。
Whenever I hear the story, I cannot help crying. 每次我听这故事，就忍不住要哭。
After learning of his sufferings, I couldn’t help sympathizing with him.得知他痛苦的遭遇后，我忍不住同情他。
I cannot help laughing.
我忍不住笑出来。
I cannot help being poor.
我是穷，可是没有办法呀！
I cannot help wondering about that girl.
我不免对那个女孩感到惊奇。
I cannot help worrying to hear that there is no steamer this week.我听到本周没有船的消息，禁不住担忧起来。 There is no + V-ing ...
49 / 103 结构︰There is no＋动名词„
说明︰此句型意为“做„是不可能的”。等于“It is impoible to＋原形”或“No one can＋原形”。
There is no accounting for tastes.
人各有所好。
There was no telling what the next aignment would be. 不晓得下一个任务将是什么。
There is no reasoning with such a stubborn man as Peter. 跟彼得这种固执的人讲理简直是不可能的事。
There is no denying that Taiwan is a beautiful island.台湾是座美丽的岛屿，这是不可否认的。
There is no describing the beauty of the scene. 谁都无法形容这景色的美丽。
There is no typing up this letter within five minutes. 不可能在五分钟内打完这封信。 feel like + V-ing ...结构︰feel like＋动名词
说明︰此句型意为“想要„”。like 是，故之后要接或。当接时，解释为“想要做„”，相当于“would like to＋原形”；接时，解释为“感觉像„”。
I don’t feel like studying tonight.
我今晚不想念书。
I feel like going to Europe for a visit next summer vacation.我好想明年暑假去一趟欧洲。
Do you feel like going to a movie?
你想看电影吗？
I feel like a newborn baby.
我感觉像是个新生的婴儿。 ...come near + V-ing ...结构︰主词＋come near＋动名词
说明︰此句型意为“几乎去做„”。near 后跟。
It came near being the prettiest bow he had ever seen.那几乎是他所见过最漂亮的一只果盆。
I came near hitting him.
我几乎揍他。
They came near being drowned.
他们几乎被水淹死。
My son came near being run over by a truck.
我的儿子差点被大卡车辗过。 ...worth + V-ing ...结构︰worth＋动名词
说明︰此句型意为“值得„”。worth 是，使用时要用或做，形成，当 用。worth 之后接时，必须为该之，否则之后须另加，使做其。这种不可用虚 it 做。
London is a city worth visiting.
伦敦是值得参观的城市。
He who does his duty is worth praising.
凡是忠于职守的人都值得赞扬。
A book worth reading once is worth reading time and time again. 值得一看的书值得一看再看。
The work is worth doing.
这个工作值得去做。
He is worth doing the work for.
值得为他去做这份工作。 be worthy of + V-ing 结构︰be worthy of＋动名词
50 / 103
推荐第8篇：英语句型
句型宝典
疑問句型 What is this? 結構︰問句：What＋be 動詞＋this（that„）？
答句：This（that„）＋be 動詞＋a book（pen„）。 說明︰此句型意為“這（那）是什麼？這（那）是書（鋼筆„）”。what（什麼）叫做“疑問詞”，用於詢問“事物”，通常放在句首，後接 be ，再接，第一個字母 w要大寫，句尾要加問號(?)，位置不可排錯。
What is this? This is a chair.這是什麼？這是一張椅子。
What’s this? It’s a book.這是什麼？它是一本書。 What is that? That is a desk.那是什麼？那是一張書桌。
What are these? 結構︰問句：What are＋these／those„？
答句：These／Those are＋複數名詞（＋s／es）。 說明︰與的形式要一致，is 後面接單數，are 後面要接複數。
What are these? These are books.這些是什麼？這些是書。 What are those? Those are cups.那些是什麼？那些是茶杯。
What are they? They are glaes.它們是什麼？它們是玻璃杯。 What are you? 結構︰問句：What＋be 動詞＋主詞（人）„？
答句：主詞＋be 動詞＋a student„。
說明︰此句型意為“你是做什麼事情的？我是學生„”。疑問詞 what 除了詢問事物之外，還可用於詢問“人的職業或身分”。be 隨的變化而改變形態，如：I am，we are，you are，he is„。
What are you? I am a student.你是做什麼事情的？我是一名學生。
What is she? She is a teacher.她是做什麼事情的？她是一名教師。 Are you a ...? 結構︰問句：Be 動詞（am，are，is）＋主詞＋„？
肯定簡答：Yes，主詞＋am（are，is）。
否定簡答：No，主詞＋am（are，is）not。 說明︰在否定中，和 am，is，are 可以縮寫；在肯定中則不可。
Is he a student? Yes, he is.(No, he isn’t.) 他是學生嗎？是的，他是。（不，他不是。）
Are you a teacher? Yes, I am.(No, I’m not.) 你是教師嗎？是的，我是。（不，我不是。）
Is that a clock? Yes, it is.(No, it isn’t.) 那是鐘錶嗎？是的，它是。（不，它不是。） What is your name? 結構︰問句：What＋is＋所有格＋name? 答句：所有格＋name＋is＋名字。
說明︰“my，your，his，her”為單數人稱的；後面必接，即“＋”；不可與 a，an，this，that，these 或 those 緊接一起使用。 What is your name? My name is Sue.妳叫什麼名字？我的名字叫蘇。
What is his name? His name is John.他叫什麼名字？他的名字叫約翰。
What is her name? Her name is Jean.她叫什麼名字？她的名字叫珍。 Who is that ...? 結構︰問句：Who＋be 動詞＋that＋形容詞＋名詞？
答句：That is＋名字。
說明︰Who 是，詢問人的“姓名”或“關係”；將直接放在前面，叫做“前位修飾”。 Who is that short boy? That is Bill.那位矮男孩是誰？那位是比爾。
Who is that tall girl? That is Mary.那位高女孩是誰？那位是瑪麗。
Who is that fat man? He is my uncle.那位胖男子是誰？那位是我叔叔。 Where is ...? 結構︰問句：Where＋be 動詞（am，are，is）＋主詞„？
答句：主詞＋be 動詞＋in the＋名詞„。
說明︰問句是“Where ...?”，簡答時可用“In／On the＋”。
Where is Sue? She is in her room.蘇在那裡？她在她的房間裡。
Where are your books? On the desk.你的書在那裡？在書桌上。
Where is your mother? She is in the kitchen.你媽嗎在哪裡？她在廚房裡。 Are you V-ing ...? 結構︰Am（Are，Is）＋主詞＋現在分詞„？
說明︰此句型意為“（人，物）正在„嗎？”。這一轉換的三要素是：be 移到句首；改為大寫；句尾用問號。 Is Mary sleeping? 瑪麗正在睡覺嗎？ Are you reading a book? 你正在看書嗎？ Is the dog playing? 小狗正在玩耍嗎？ What are you doing? 結構︰問句：What＋am（are，is）＋主詞＋現在分詞？
答句：主詞＋am（are，is）＋現在分詞„。
說明︰“（人）正在做什麼？（人）正在„”。注意：的動詞只能用原形，不可造；表示“瞬間產生”的動作的，如 sit down，stand up，不可造。
What am I doing? You are reading a book.我正在做什麼？ 你正在閱讀一本書。
What are the girls doing? They are singing.姑娘們正在做什麼？ 她們在唱歌。
What is Bill writing? He is writing a letter.比爾在寫什麼？ 他在寫一封信。 How old are you? 結構︰問句：How old＋be 動詞＋主詞（某人）？
答句：主詞（某人）＋be 動詞＋year(s) old。 說明︰此句型意為“某人幾歲？某人是„歲”。該句型中，要用 how，不可用 what；且 be （am，is，are）要和後面的(某人)配合；答句中的“year(s) old”可以省略。 How old are you? I am twelve (years old).你幾歲？我十二歲。
How old is your sister? She is thirteen years old.你的姊妹幾歲？她十三歲。
How old is John? He is one year old.約翰幾歲？他一歲。
What time is it? 結構︰問句：What time is it？
答句：It is＋數字＋o’clock。
說明︰此句型意為“現在是幾點鐘？現在是„點鐘”。問句中 what 當，修飾後面的 time；time 當時間解時，只能用單數，不可用複數。
What time is it? It is ten o’clock.現在是幾點鐘？現在是十點鐘。
What time is it? It is six o’clock.現在是幾點鐘？現在是六點鐘。
What time is it? It is nine o’clock.現在是幾點鐘？現在是九點鐘。 Do you + V ...? 結構︰問句：Do／Does＋主詞＋原形動詞„？
肯定簡答：Yes，主詞＋do／does。
否定簡答：No，主詞＋don’t／doesn’t。 說明︰肯定句中，如有一般（speak，work，teach„），則在句首加 do 或 does，並將一般改為原形（不加s或es），即構成。
Do you speak English? Yes, I do.(No, I don’t.)
你講英語嗎？是的，我講英語。（不，我不講英語。） Does she have a cat? Yes, she does.(No, she doesn’t.)
她有一隻貓嗎？是的，她有一隻貓。（不，她沒有一隻貓。）
Do they work in office? Yes, they do.(No, they don’t.)
他們在辦公室裡工作嗎？是的，他們在辦公室裡工作。（不，他們不在辦公室裡工作。） What time do you + V ...? 結構︰問句：What time＋do／does＋主詞＋原形動詞„？
答句：主詞（某人）＋一般動詞„＋時間。 說明︰此句型意為“某人幾點做某事？” do 或 does 的選擇依而定，若為第三人稱單數，用 does；其它用 do。
What time do you get up? I usually get up at six.你幾點起床？我通常六點起床。
What time does he go to bed? He usually goes to bed at ten.他幾點就寢？他通常十點就寢。
What time does your cla begin? It begins at eight-ten. 你的課幾點開始？八點十分開始。 What day is today? 結構︰問句：What day is today？
答句：It’s＋Sunday／Monday／„。
說明︰此句型意為“今天是星期幾？今天是星期日／星期一／„。”it 可用於指“星期的名稱”，但 this或 that 不可以；一星期七天的名稱，都是，開頭的首字母要大寫，前面不加。
What day is today? It’s Sunday.今天是星期幾？今天是星期日。
What day is today? It’s Wednesday.今天是星期幾？今天是星期三。
What day is today? It’s Saturday.今天是星期幾？今天是星期六。
How many N are there ...結構︰問句：How many＋複數名詞＋are there in／on＋名詞？
答句：There is／are＋單數（複數）名詞＋in／on＋名詞。
說明︰此句型意為“在某處有多少„？在某處有„。”該句型中，many 修飾複數；又因本句型是 ，故用 are there，不可用 there are。
How many seasons are there in a year? There are four seasons in a year. 一年有幾個季節？ 一年有四季。
How many days are there in a week? There are seven days in a week. 一星期有幾天？ 一星期有七天。
How many leons are there in this book? There are twelve leons in this book. 這本書裡有幾課？ 這本書裡有十二課。 How many ...do you have? 結構︰問句：How many＋複數名詞＋do／does＋主詞＋have？
答句：主詞＋have／has„＋複數名詞＋„。
答句：主詞＋don’t／doesn’t have„＋複數名詞„。
說明︰“How many”後面接複數，複數的前面可用 many，a lot of，a few，some，few，any，no 等修飾。 How many books do you have? I have a lot of books.(I don’t have any books.)
你有幾本書？ 我有許多書。（我沒有書。）
How many sweaters do you have? I have three sweaters.(I don’t have any sweaters.)
你有幾件毛衣？ 我有三件毛衣。（我沒有毛衣。）
How many friends does she have? She has a lot of friends.(She doesn’t have many friends.)
她有幾個朋友？ 她有許多朋友。（她沒有許多朋友。） How much ...do you have? 結構︰問句：How much＋單數不可數名詞＋do／does＋主詞＋have？
答句：主詞＋have／has„＋單數不可數名詞。
答句：主詞＋don’t／doesn’t have„＋單數不可數名詞。
說明︰“How much”後面接單數，單數前面可用 much， a little，some，little，any，no 等修飾。
How much tea does he have? He has a lot of tea.(He doesn’t have any tea.)
他有多少茶？ 他有很多茶。（他沒有茶。）
How much homework do they have? They have a lot of homework.(They don’t have much homework.) 他們有多少家庭作業？ 他們有許多家庭作業。（他們沒有許多家庭作業。） How much fruit do they have? They have a lot of fruit.(They don’t have a lot of fruit.)
他們有多少水果？ 他們有許多水果。（他們沒有許多水果。） How much do(es) ...cost? 結構︰How much do（es）＋某物＋cost„？ 說明︰此句型意為“某物值多少錢？”。how much 用來詢問商品的價格。還可以寫作：“How much＋ be ＋某物？\"。 How much does this computer cost? (=How much is this computer?)這部電腦值多少錢？
How much do the vegetables cost? 這些蔬菜值多少錢？ How much do the movie tickets cost? 這些電影票值多少錢？ Did ...V ...結構︰Did＋主詞＋原形動詞＋„過去時間？
說明︰將肯定句中的過去式改為“Did＋原形”，並將 Did 放在句首，句尾用問號，即構成過去式的。
Did he clean the room yesterday? 他昨天打掃房間嗎？ Did she wash the skirt yesterday? 她昨天洗這裙子嗎？ Did your brother play in the park this morning? 你弟弟今天上午在公園玩耍嗎？
Did he eat lunch yesterday? 他昨天吃午飯嗎？ Did you see any elephants in the zoo last week? 上星期你在動物園裡看到大象了嗎？
Did Sue have her breakfast at eight? 蘇在八點鐘吃過早餐了嗎？
Do you ever + V ...? 結構︰問句：Do／Does＋主詞＋ever＋原形動詞„？ 答句：No，主詞＋never＋一般動詞（加s或es）„。 說明︰ever 通常用於，never 通常用於否定回答；never 也可放在句首，後接原形 ，形成否定，如例句4。
Do you ever use a computer? No, I never use a computer. 你曾經使用電腦嗎？不，我未曾使用過電腦。
Does Tom ever get up late? No, Tom never gets up late. 湯姆曾經晚起床嗎？不，湯姆未曾晚起床過。
Does Sally ever play the piano? No, Sally never plays the piano. 薩莉曾經彈鋼琴嗎？不，薩莉未曾彈過鋼琴。
Never be late for school, Bill.比爾，上學絕不可遲到。
What year was he born in? 結構︰What date／year＋was／were＋主詞＋born＋on／in？ 說明︰此句型意為“你出生於幾月幾日（那一年）？”。born 是 bear 的過去，在文法上當 ，前面常有 was 或 were；中文說“某人出生”，英語應說：“某人＋was／were born„”。
What year were you born in? 你出生於那一年？ What date was your mother born on? 你母親出生於幾月幾日？ What month was your sister born in? 你妹妹出生於幾月？
What will you do on ...? 結構︰What will／did＋主詞＋do＋on＋時間？
說明︰此句型意為“某人在某時間將做什麼？（未來式）某人在某時做了什麼事？（過去式）”。指特定的日期（如幾月幾日）、星期幾或星期幾的早上（下午，晚上），要用介系詞on。 What will you do on Teacher’s Day? 你在教師節將做什麼事？
What will they do on Christmas Eve? 他們在聖誕夜將做什麼事？
What will Helen do on her birthday? 海倫在她生日那天將做什麼事？
What did John do on New Year’s Day? 約翰在元旦做了什麼事？
What did Mary do on Youth Day? 瑪麗在青年節做了什麼事？
What did the suspect do on July ninth? 嫌疑犯在七月九日做了什麼事情？ How do you + V ...? 結構︰問句：How＋do＋主詞＋一般動詞„？
答句：主詞＋一般動詞„＋情狀副詞。 說明︰How 是問情況的，表示“怎樣„？”。用於說明“狀態或性質”的副詞，稱為 。當用來修飾時，位於其後；當用來修飾時，位於的前面或後面。
How did you do your work? I did my work happily.你怎樣做你的工作？ 我很快樂地做了我的工作。
How did Mrs.Lin look at Mr.Lin? She looked at Mr.Lin coldly. 林太太怎樣注視林先生？ 她冷漠地注視林先生。 How does Mr.Wang drive his taxi? He drives his taxi carefully. 王先生怎樣駕駛他的計程車？ 他小心地駕駛他的計程車。
You are ..., aren’t you?
結構︰肯定句，＋否定式助動詞＋主詞？
說明︰這是一種反意，其結構特點是：第一部分是肯定式，第二部分就用否定式。直述句的是時，附加問句的要用代替：it 代替 this， that，(當)或(當)等；they 代替 these，those， people 等。下列的否定縮寫式較易弄錯：will not－>won’t；would not－>wouldn’t；should not－>shouldn’t；can not－>can’t；could not－>couldn’t； might not－>mightn’t；ought not－>oughtn’t。直述句有一般現在式，則附加問句用 do 或 does 代替；有一般過去式，則附加問句用 did 代替。
They’re ready, aren’t they?（讀降調）他們準備好了吧？（讀升調）他們準備好了，不是嗎？
Mike has a car, doesn’t he?（讀降調）麥克有輛車，是吧？（讀升調）麥克有輛車，不是嗎？
The secretary typed the letter, didn’t she? 是祕書打了這封信，不是嗎？
They will go to Europe, won’t they? 他們將去歐洲，不是嗎？
You are the teacher, aren’t you? 你就是老師，不是嗎？
I suppose you have been in our woods, haven’t you?我推想你在我們的森林裡呆過，不是嗎？
I know he had a good time last night, didn’t he? 我知道他昨天晚上玩得很愉快，不是嗎？
The wall plug is broken, isn’t it? 牆上的插座壞了，不是嗎？
Clean parks are beautiful, aren’t they? 乾淨的公園是美麗的，不是嗎？
You can do it, can’t you? 你會做它，不是嗎？ We should rise early, shouldn’t we? 我們應該早起，不是嗎？
He isn’t ..., is he?
結構︰否定句，＋肯定式助動詞＋主詞？
說明︰這是另一種反意。否定結構在第一部分，第二部分就要用肯定結構。對反意的回答和對否定式一般一樣，要看答句。
He isn’t a manager, is he? －- Yes, he is.(No, he isn’t.) 他不是經理，是吧？－－不，他是經理。（是的，他不是經理。）
Mike doesn’t have a car, does he? 麥克沒有車，是嗎？ The secretary didn’t type the letter, did she? 祕書沒有打過這封信，是嗎？
They won’t go to Europe, will they? 他們不會去歐洲，是嗎？
You aren’t the teacher, are you? 你不是老師，是嗎？ I don’t think he can answer the question, can he? 我想他無法回答這個問題，是嗎？ What in the world ...? 結構︰疑問詞＋in the world／on earth／ever＋其他 說明︰此句型意為“究竟„？到底„？”。這是特殊的強調說法。in the world，on earth 和 ever是強調疑問詞的。
How in the world will he do it? 他到底將如何做這件事？
What in the world do you mean? 你的意思究竟是什麼？ How on earth did you know it? 你到底是怎麼知道的？ Who on earth told you that? 那件事究竟是誰告訴你的？
Where ever did you lose it? 你到底在哪兒丟的呀？ What in the world are they hoping for? 他們到底想要什麼？
Are you ...or ...? 結構︰一般疑問句（讀升調）＋or＋一般疑問句（讀降調） 說明︰此句型意為“是„還是„？\"。這是選擇，前面都是一般，後面的問句如與前面有相同的部分，都可以省略。
Shall we come to see you or will you come to see us? 是我們來找你們，還是你們來找我們？
Are you from the America or from the England? 您是美國人還是英國人？
Will he go on Monday or on Tuesday? 他是星期一走還是星期二走？ Would you like coffee or tea? 你是要咖啡還是茶？ What ..., + A or B? 結構︰特殊疑問句(讀降調)，＋A（讀升調）or B（讀降調） 說明︰這種選擇使用得相當廣泛，其特點是：前面的特殊已經明確地指出了要問的內容，再補充幾項具體事物讓對方做出肯定的答覆。其語調是“降-升-降”調。
What would you like － coffee or tea? 你要什麼？咖啡還是茶？
Which would you rather to buy － silk or cotton? 您想買什麼？絲還是棉？
Where did you go: to Tianjin or to Beijing? 您去了哪裡？天津還是北京？
When will you go to the Fair, tomorrow or some other day? 你何時去交易會？明天還是另找哪一天？ ...what/which ...結構︰主要子句＋疑問詞（what／how／which／why 等）＋子句 說明︰這是間接。疑問詞後面的語句採用正常詞序，不採用特殊所用的倒裝詞序。全句末尾大多用句點，但也有用問號的。直接問句改為間接問句或間接句時，原先的要改為肯定句或的順序；如 will，should，would， must，may，can 等，須照抄，不可去掉；如 do，does，did，必須去掉，再將它後面的原形改為適當的形式。
I’d like to know how old the manager is.我想知道經理有多大年紀。
He inquired how it was done.他問這事做得怎麼樣了。 Please advise me which item I should buy.請問我該先買哪個品種。
Tell me why it is so important? 告訴我為什麼此事這麼重要？
They do not know what the words mean.他們不知道這些字的意思是什麼。
Tell me what happened yesterday.告訴我昨天所發生的事。
What they talked about is what we want to know.他們談論什麼是我們所想要知道的事。
She washed her hair every night and measured how much it grew in a week. 她每晚洗頭髮，而且量量看一星期長多少。
You will never know how much your encouragement meant to me. 你決不會知道你的鼓勵對我多麼有意義。 ...whether/if ...結構︰主要子句＋whether／if＋子句 說明︰此句型意為“„是否„”。口語中使用 if 較為普遍。如果子句中帶有 or not 等詞，則只能用 whether；另外，whether 不能引導否定的間接，而 if 則可以。
He asked me the question whether the price was too high.他問我價格是否太高。
They asked him whether the quality is fine or not.他們問他質量是否好。
Tell me whether you like this color.告訴我你喜不喜歡這種顏色。
Tell me if it doesn’t rain.告訴我是否下不了雨。 Ask him if it is true.問他那是不是真的。 I wonder if he is in the school.我想知道他是否在學校。
Do you know if/where ...結構︰一般疑問句＋疑問詞（what／where／when 等）＋子句 說明︰此句為雙重。疑問詞後面採用正常詞序，不用倒裝詞序。
Can you tell me where the teacher has gone? 你能告訴我老師到哪裡去了嗎？
Have you any idea where he comes from? 他是哪裡人，您知道不知道？
Do you know if they like this new item? 你知道他們是否喜歡這個新品種？
Do you know who wants to go with me? 你知道誰想跟我一起去嗎？
Do you know when the train will leave? 你知道火車何時開嗎？
Can you tell me how much you earn a month? 你能告訴我你一個月賺多少嗎？ He is ..., is he? 結構︰肯定式陳述句＋肯定式反問句
說明︰這種疑問的前後一致，都是肯定式結構。後一部分進一步強調前一部分的內容，是不需要回答的一種修辭方式。 We are old friends, not strangers, right? 我們是老朋友了，不是陌生人，是嗎？
He’s a capable busineman, is he? 他是一位很有能力的業務員，可不是嗎？
So you come importing Chinese textiles, do you? 原來你是來進口中國紡織品的，是麼？
So you’ve been to Shanghai, have you? 原來你去過上海，是吧？ ...what ...? 結構︰„疑問詞（在句中任何位置上）„
說明︰疑問詞不是位於句子開頭，而是在句子中任何位置上，這種方法十分簡單，因此在口語中經常出現。
Two times what number makes ten? 什麼數的兩倍是十？ You will go where? 你要到哪裡去？
You are twenty-what this year? 你今年二十幾歲？ He’s your who? 他是你什麼人？ What/How about + N/V-ing? 結構︰What／How about＋名詞／動名詞？
說明︰此句型意為“„如何？”。這是徵求對方意見或提議的委婉說法。
What about the name Smith? 史密斯這個名字怎麼樣？ What about going to a movie? 去看場電影如何？ What about lending me some money? 借點錢給我如何？ What about washing the car on Sunday? 禮拜天洗車怎麼樣？
How about the others? 剩餘的怎麼樣？ How about a drink? 來一杯吧？
How about a cup of coffee at a nearby coffee shop? 去附近的咖啡屋喝杯咖啡吧？ What if ...? 結構︰What if＋主詞＋動詞
說明︰此句型意為“如果„的話怎麼辦呢？”。但經常用於反語，有時也變成“即使„也沒關係”之意。 What if it is true? 如果這是真的又該如何呢？ What if he doesn’t agree? 如果他不同意該怎麼辦呢？ What if he comes back now? 如果他現在回來怎麼辦？ What if the boy’s parents should die? 如果那男孩的父母死了該怎麼辦呢？
What if I fail! 即使我失敗了又怎樣！ What ...for? 結構︰What＋助動詞＋主詞＋動詞„＋for？
說明︰此句型意為“為什麼„？”。相當於“For what„？” What are you running for? 你為什麼在跑步？ What do you want it for? 你為什麼要那個？ What did they go there for? 他們為什麼去那裡？ How else ...? 結構︰How else＋助動詞＋主詞＋助動詞？ 說明︰此句型意為“„還有別的方法嗎？”。
How else should a father in this modern world expre his affection and concern for his own son? 現代這個世界上，父親還應該有別的方法來對自己的兒子表示愛護和關心嗎？
How else can the doctor save him? 醫院還有別的方法可以救他嗎？
How else can I apologize for her? 我還能有別的方法可以向她道歉嗎？ 假設法句型
If + Present Tense ..., S + will/shall + V ...結構︰If＋現在式„，S＋未來式„
說明︰if 子句用現在式，表示須具備的條件，主句用未來式表示可能的結果，整句含意為“如果„，那麼„”。will 用於所有的人稱，在 I 和 we 之後可用 shall 代替 will。若主句的主詞為 I 或 we 時，可以用 shall 代替 will。像 if neceary（如果需要），if poible（如果可能），if so（如果這樣）等固定片語實際上是省略了的 if 子句。
If I lose my job, I will/shall go abroad.如果我失業了，我就出國。
If I have a headache, I will take an aspirin.如果我頭痛，我就服一片阿斯匹林。
If it rains, we will stay at home.如果下雨，我們將待在家裡。
If the weather clears, we’ll go for a walk.如果天晴，我們就去散步。
If the weather doesn’t clear, we won’t go for a walk.如果天不晴，我們就不去散步。
Inflation may be rising, if (it is) so, prices will go up.通貨膨脹率可能上升。如果是這樣，物價就會上漲。
If poible, She wants to go with us.可能的話，她想跟我們一起去。
Sterling may fall, if (this should be) so, interest rates will rise. 英國貨幣可能貶值，如果果真如此，利率就會上升。 If + Present Tense ..., S + Modal Verb ...結構︰If + 現在式，主詞＋情態助動詞
說明︰本句型實為句型之變體。之所以用情態助動詞，主要是因為說話者對可能的結果不是太肯定或者是想表達例如必要的意思。 If it is fine tomorrow, we can go out.如果明天天氣好，我門可以出門。
If it is fine tomorrow, we could go out.如果明天天氣好，我門能夠出門。
If it is fine tomorrow, we may go out.如果明天天氣好，我門可能出門。
If it is fine tomorrow, we might go out.如果明天天氣好，我門可能出門。
If it is fine tomorrow, we should go out.如果明天天氣好，我門宜於出門。
If it is fine tomorrow, we ought to go out.如果明天天氣好，我門宜於出門。
If it is fine tomorrow, we must go out.如果明天天氣好，我門必須出門。
If I should ..., Imperative Sentence.結構︰If I＋should ...＋祈使語氣
說明︰代替，增加了條件的不確定性。本句型常用在想禮貌地提出要求或建議，或者想圓通地告訴他人該做什麼事的場合。用 should 起始句子即可不用 if 而表示條件。這種用法比較正式，常用於諸如公函之中，而不用於日常會話。
If you should see him, please give him my regards.如果你見到他，請代我向他致意。
Should you see him, please give him my regards.如果你見到他，請代我向他致意。
If you should happen to see him, please give him my regards.如果你萬一見到他，請代我向他致意。
Should you happen to see him, please give him my regards. 如果你萬一見到他，請代我向他致意。
If you should write to her, send her my love.如果你給她寫信，請代我向她問候。 Should you not wish our agent to call, please let us know. 你若不希望我們的代理人去造訪，請告之。
Should you be interested in our offer, please contact us.你若對我們的報價感興趣，請與我們聯繫。 If I should ..., I will ...結構︰If„should„，„would（will）／should（shall）等＋原形動詞
說明︰這是表示與未來事實相反的假設，if 要用 should，譯成“萬一”。should可置於前，將 if 省略。的則視可能性做變化：若可能性低，則為過去式，若可能性高，則為現在式。should 可以提前，而將 if 省略。
If he should come, I would tell him the truth.萬一他來，我會把真相告訴他。
If he should come, I will tell him the truth.萬一他來，我一定會把真相告訴他。
Should the boy come again, I would throw him out.要是那男孩在來，我就把他攆出去。
If it should rain, our plan would be spoiled.萬一下雨，我們的計劃就泡湯了。 Should that be true, the contract would be canceled.假如那是真的，合約就該取消。
Should another world war break out, what would become of human beings? 萬一另一次世界大戰爆發，人類將會發生什麼事？ If I were to ..., I ...結構︰If„were to„，„would／should 等＋原形動詞 說明︰這也是表示與未來狀況相反的假設，與“if ...should, ...”大致相同，但“if ...were to”所表示的可能性更低，通常用以表示“與真理相反”的。 If the sun were to rise in the west, he would pa the exam. 要是太陽從西邊出來，他就會通過考試－－他不可能通過考試。
If I were to be born again, I would like to be a bird.我要是再活一次，我想當一隻鳥。
If the sun were to disappear, what would the earth be like? 萬一太陽消失了，地球會變成什麼樣子？
Were I to die tomorrow, what would my children do? 萬一明天我死了，我的孩子們將怎麼辦呢？ If I + V-ed, I would ...結構︰If„＋過去式動詞„，主詞＋過去式助動詞（would／should 等）＋原形動詞
說明︰這是與現在事實相反的假設句型。if 中的，不論為第幾人稱，一律用 were，were 可置於主詞前面，而省略 if。過去式除用 should（用於第一人稱）、would（用於第
二、三人稱）外，還可用不分人稱的 could，might 和 ought to，它們與原形結合起來構成。
If I knew his addre, I could write to him.如果我知道他的住址，我會寫信給他。
If I were free now, I might call on him.如果我有時間，我可能會去看他。
If you were in my shoes (=Were you in my shoes), what would you do? 如果你站在我的立場，你會怎麼做？
Were I rich enough, I would buy a sports car.如果我有足夠的錢，我就買一輛賽車了。
How happy I would be if I were a few inches taller! 要是我再高幾寸，我會好高興。
If I had a car, I could take her for a drive.如果我有車， 我就帶她去兜風了。
If I had binoculars, I could see that comet clearly.如果我有望遠鏡，我就可以清楚地看見那顆彗星。 It is time that ...結構︰It is（high）time＋（that）＋主詞＋過去式動詞 說明︰此句型意為“已經到了„的時間了”。過去式處有時亦使用“should＋原形”。that 也能用 to 來表示。
It is time he went to bed.該是他睡覺的時間了。 It is time that you left for the duty.該你當班了。 It is time that you reflected upon your mistakes.該是你反省思過的時候了。
It is high time he should come to our house for dinner.已經到了他該上咱家吃晚飯的時候了。
It is time for somebody to teach you to behave yourself.該是有人教你應對進退之禮儀的時候了。 If I had V-ed, I would have ...結構︰If„had＋過去分詞„，主詞＋would／should 等＋have＋過去分詞
說明︰這是與過去事實相反的假設。if 要用，則要用過去式（would，should，ought to，might，could）＋have＋過去。if 中的 had可置於前面，而省略 If。
If I had seen him, I would have told him the truth.如果我當時看見他，我會告訴他實情。
I could have finished the task if I had had more time.如果當時我能有多一點時間，我就能完成這項任務。
If we had known of your departure, we would have seen you off at the airport. 如果我們事先知道你要離開，我們會到機場送行。 I someone had been with him, he might not have been drowned. 如果有人在他旁邊，或許他就不會溺死。
I might have been incredulous had I not been accustomed to such responses. 若非我已經習慣了這樣的回答，我可能不敢輕易相信。 Had he not apologize to her, she would not have forgiven him. 她（那時）不會原諒他，若非他道了歉。
Had he not saved me, I might have been drowned.我可能溺死了，若非他救了我。
Had I proposed to you, would you have married me? 我要是當年向你求婚，你會答應嫁給我嗎? Had you not helped us, we should have canceled this transaction. 假如沒有你的幫助，這筆生意早就告吹了。 If I had V-ed, I would ...結構︰If„had＋過去分詞„，主詞＋would／should 等＋原形動詞＋now／today 說明︰這是不一致時的假設，亦稱混合假設條件句。即：if 若與過去事實相反，用表示；而若與現在事實相反，則用過去式表示。此類句尾通常有表現在的，如 now，today 等。
If he had worked harder when young, he would be well off now. 如果他年輕時多努力一點，現在就能過得舒服些。 If I had been rich ten years ago, I could buy that house today. 如果十年前我有錢，今天我就能買下那棟房子了。 Had he told the truth, he wouldn’t be punished now.如果他當時肯說實話，現在就不會受罪了。
Had he followed the doctor’s advice, he might be alive now. 當時他要是聽了醫生的建議，現在可能還活著。 I wish ...+ V-ed ...結構︰I wish＋（that）＋主詞＋動詞過去式／過去完成式（had＋過去分詞）„ 說明︰I wish 之後以 that 為時，該的一定要用：若用過去式，表示與現在事實相反的願望；若用，則表示與過去事實相反的願望。“I wish＋that-”的也可用“I would rather＋that-”取代。而 I hope 之後以 that 做時，該用一般。
I wish there were meadows and lambs.但願有草地與小羊。
I wish I were as tall as you.但願我像你一樣高。 I wish he could tell us.但願他能告訴我們。 I wish (=I would rather) he could come tomorrow.但願他明天能來。
I wish you had not been caught in the rain yesterday.但願昨天你們沒有淋到雨。
I wish you had not told the truth.但願你沒有說實話。 I wish I had known you ten years ago.真希望十年前就已經認識你。 If only + V-ed 結構︰If only＋過去式／過去完成式
說明︰此句型意為“要是„就好了。”用過去式，表示與現在事實相反；若用，則表示與過去事實相反。 If only I had a rich father.要是我有個有錢的爸爸就好了。
If only he had been here.要是他當時在這兒就好了。 If only I had another chance.要是我再有一次機會就好了。
...as if/as though ...結構︰„as if／as though„現在式／過去式／過去完成式 說明︰此句型意為“彷彿„；好像„一樣”。as if，as though 是，引導。中，可用現在式，以表示事實；也可用過去式或，分別表示與現在或過去事實相反的。
He speaks like that as if he doesn’t want to attend the meeting.他那樣說話，似乎不想參加會議。
He walks as if he is drunk.他走起路來好像他真的醉了。
He felt as if he almost wished to kill them.他感覺彷彿幾乎要殺掉他們。
The baby opened the book as if he were able to read.這個嬰兒打開書本彷彿他會念書。
The nurse attends on the patient as if he were her father.這護士照顧這位病人彷彿在照顧她爸爸似的。
He ran into the room as if he had seen something terrible. 他跑進屋子，彷彿他看到什麼可怕的東西。
She looks as if nothing had happened to her.她當時看起來好像什麼事都沒發生似的。 It seems/looks as if ...結構︰It seems／looks as if„
說明︰此句型意為“似乎„”。本句型中的 as if 可用以表示事實，或。
It looks as if it is going to rain.好像要下雨了。 It seems as if he knows everything.他似乎是個萬事通。
It seems as if he knew everything, but in reality, he is as stupid as can be. 他似乎是個萬事通。其實他是再愚蠢不過了。
It looks as if she had just come back from outer space. 她看起來彷彿剛從外太空回來似的。
It seemed as if he had finished the work.他似乎已經完成了這個工作。
It seemed as if he would never finish the work.他似乎永遠完成不了這個工作。 If it were not for ...結構︰if it were not for＋名詞／子句，主詞＋would／should 等＋原形動詞„
說明︰此句型意為“若非（有）„”。此類句構專門用於表示與現在事實相反的。亦可用“but for＋”或“without＋”代替。were 可以提前，省略 if，如例句3。
If it were not for his presence, I would punish you.要不是他在場，我會處罰你的。
But for your advice, I should have failed.要不是你的忠告，我會失敗的。
But for music (=Were it not for music), life would be dull.要不是音樂，人生會很無聊。
If it were not for oxygen and nitrogen in the air, no man could live on the earth. 大氣中如果沒有氧和氮，人就無法生存於地球了。 Without air, all living things would die.若非空氣，所有的生物都會死亡。
Without newspaper, we would get behind the times.要不是報紙，我們都趕不上時代了。
I should be lonely, were it not for the birds and the flowers.我會寂寞，若非有鳥也有花。
Were it not for his help, I could not finish the work.若非有他的幫助，我就不能完成這件工作。 Were it not for science, we could not live a comfortable live. 若非科學，我們無法過著舒適的生活。 If it had not been for ...結構︰if it had not been for＋名詞／子句，主詞＋would／should 等＋原形動詞„
說明︰此句型意為“若非（有）„”。此類句構專門用於表示與過去事實相反的。
If it had not been for his help, I should have failed.如果沒有他的幫忙，我應該已經失敗。
Had it not been for your timely help, our company would have been on the verge of bankruptcy.若非你及時伸出援助之手，本公司將會瀕臨破產的邊緣。
If it had not been for these experiments, the improvement of the machine would have been impoible.要不是這些實驗，這部機器也許就不可能改良了。
Had it not been for the kind guide, I might have got lost in the mountains. 要不是這位好心的嚮導，我可能就在山中迷路了。 If it had not been that he was here, I would have punished you. 要不是他在場，我當時就會處罰你。 I demand/insist that ...結構︰主詞1＋意志動詞（demand／insist 等）＋（that）＋主詞2＋（should）＋原形動詞
說明︰意志有四類：建議（suggest，recommend，propose，advise，urge 等），要求（desire， ask，demand，require，request，maintain，insist 等），命令（order，command 等），規定（ rule，regulate，stipulate 等）。其後接 that-時，該裡的要用原形或“should＋”。美式英語通常省略 should。
The committee moved that the meeting (should) be adjourned.委員提議休會。
His parents demanded that he (should) be back by ten.他的父母要求他十點以前回家。
The employees demand that their salaries be raised.員工們要求加薪。
They ruled that the law (should) not be imposed.他們規定不應加重法律。
His father ordered that he (should) keep a diary in English. 他的父親規定他要用英文寫日記。
My mother encouraged me and insisted that I continue my education. 我媽媽鼓勵我，而且堅持我應該繼續我的教育。 He insisted that I (should) apologize to her.他堅持我應該向她道歉。
Recently, many states have insisted that high schools teach students how to drive. 最近，許多州堅持中學應該教學生如何開車。
His father insisted that they (should) move to the country.他爸爸堅持他們應該搬到鄉下。 It is proper ...that ...結構︰It is＋意志形容詞（important 等）＋（that）＋主詞＋（should）＋原形動詞
說明︰意志包括 important，neceary，imperative，eential，urgent，desirable， advisable，recommendable，proper 等。that-中只能用 should，不可用 must，而 should 往往予以省略。
It is neceary that he (should) sort out the information for my reference. 他有必要整理些資料供我參考。
It is eential that he get up early.他有必要早起。 It is urgent that food and clothing (should) be sent to the sufferers. 急需將食物和衣服送給災民。 It is desirable that we (should) provide for the poor at Christmas. 在聖誕節施捨窮人是可喜的事。
It is important that he be quiet.他該保持安靜是有必要的。
It is important that he not do it.他不該做那事是有必要的。
It is requested that all members be present at the party.全體會員都被要求出席這次晚會。
It is proper that such a bad man be punished severely.這麼壞的人受重罰是應該的。
Imperative Sentence + Conj.+ Main Clause 結構︰祈使句＋連接詞＋主句
說明︰表示須具備的條件，主句表示可能的結果。代替 if 子句進行評說，提出要求，訂立協議，提供建議或威脅等。的用法比 if 子句表示的更為緊迫。 Provide the materials and we’ll do the job.提供材料，我們就做這活。
Stop shouting or you’ll wake up the neighbors.不要喊了，否則你會把鄰居吵醒的。
Put that down or else I’ll smack you.把它放下，不然我就揍你。 Be there on time, otherwise you’ll create a bad impreion.要準時來，否則你會給人一個壞的印象。
Fail to pay and they’ll cut off the electricity.你（如果）不付款，他們就要斷電。
Stop eating sweets, or you won’t get any dinner.你如果不停止吃糖，你就不要吃飯。 Unle ...結構︰Unle＋子句，主要子句
說明︰此句型意為“除非„”。unle 引導一個否定假設句，相當於 if ...not ...，有時可以互換使用。總體上看，unle 的語氣強於 if ...not ...，而且有時較為常用，例如在最後通牒中。
Unle you change your mind (=If you don’t change you mind), I won’t be able to help you.
除非你改變你的想法，否則我不能幫助你。
Unle the management improves their offer, there’ll be a strike. 除非資方做出進一步的建議，否則將舉行罷工。 I couldn’t have got to the meeting on time － unle I had caught an earlier train. 我不可能及時趕到會場，除非我趕上了較找的一班火車。 Provided/Providing (that) ....結構︰Provided／provided（that）＋子句，S＋V ...說明︰此句型意為“如果„”。Provided/Providing (that) 引導假設條件句，其功能相當於 if。
Provided/Providing (that) you clear your desk by this evening, you can have tomorrow off. 如果你到今晚把手頭上的工作做完，你明天就可以休息。 As/So long as ...結構︰As/So long as ＋子句，S＋V ...說明︰此句型意為“如果„，只要„”。As/So long as引導一個條件假設句，其功能相當於 if。
So (As) long as you clear your desk by this evening, you can have tomorrow leave. 如果你到今晚把手頭上的工作做完，你明天就可以休息。 As long as you drive carefully, you will be very safe.如果你開車小心，你就會很安全。
You may eat anything, so long as you don’t eat too much. 只要不吃得太多，你可以吃任何東西。
As long as live, I will help you.只要我活著，我都會幫助你。
As long as you don’t betray me, I’ll do whatever you ask me to (do). 只要你不出賣我，要我做什麼我都願意。
We’ll ship the goods at an early time as long as there is a steamer.只要有船，我們就盡早裝貨。
You will never be good students so long as you goof around. 如果你們成天游手好閒，就永遠也成不了好學生。 Suppose/Supposing (that) ...結構︰Suppose/Supposing （that）＋子句，S＋V ...說明︰此句型意為“如果„，假使„”。Suppose/Supposing (that) 引導假設條件句，其功能相當於 if。
Suppose/Supposing (that) we mi the train, what shall we do? 如果我們誤了火車，我們將怎麼辦？ What if/Say ...結構︰What if/Say＋子句，S＋V ...說明︰此句型意為“假設„”。What if 和 Say 用來引導一個假設條件句，其義相當於 Let us suppose（讓我們假設）。 What if/Say he goes home before us and can’t get in? What will he do then? 假設他在我們之前趕到家而又進不去呢？那他怎麼辦呢？ What if/Say you were to run out of money? What would you do? 假設你的錢用完了呢？你將怎麼辦呢？ With luck ...結構︰With luck，＋主要子句
說明︰With luck 為含蓄假設條件句（即不用 if 直接引導）。with luck 意為“如果幸運的話，如果運氣好的話”。 With luck, we’ll be there by tomorrow.幸運的話，我們明天將到達那兒。（=If we are lucky）
With luck, she will get the job.如果幸運的話，她將得到那份工作。（=If she is lucky） Given time ...結構︰Given time，＋主要子句
說明︰此為含蓄假設條件句（即不用 if 直接引導）。Given time 意為“（如果）給以時間的話”。
Given time, they will probably agree.給以時間的話，他們可能會同意。（=If they are given time/If we give them time） To hear him talk, ...結構︰To hear him talk，＋主要子句
說明︰此句型意為“聽某人談話（的口氣）„”。從形式上看，To hear him talk 似為不定式片語，但實則為含蓄條件句（即不用 if 直接引導）。To hear him talk 相當於 If you could hear him talk。
To hear him talk, you’d think he was Prime Minister.聽他談話（那口氣），你會以為他是首相呢。
To hear you talk, I’d think you were Prime Minister.聽你談話（那口氣），我還以為你是首相呢。 Without ..., S + V ...結構︰Without „，＋主要子句
說明︰此句型意為“如果沒有„”，是導致主要子句結果發生的必要條件。Without ...為含蓄假設條件句，此用法在口語表達中最為常見。without 意為“（如果）沒有„的話”。Without 既可以放在句首，也可以放在句尾，放在句首有強調作用。此外，如果主要子句用否定式，則和 without 構成雙重否定，表示特別強調 without 之後項為主要子句動作發生之必備條件。
Without your help, I couldn’t have done it.
（如果）沒有你的幫助，我是不會做成的。（=If you hadn’t helped me）
She can’t solve the problem without his help.如果）沒有他的幫助，她不可能解決這道題。
We can’t live without air or water.（如果）沒有空氣或水，我們就無法生存。
Fish cannot live without water.（如果）沒有水，魚兒就無法生存。 比較句型
as/so ...as ...結構︰as／so＋形容詞或副詞原級＋as„
說明︰此句型意為“„和„一樣„”。比較兩件東西，並表示它們的程度一樣。第一個 as 為，第二個 as 則為，引導，修飾第一個 as。在 as„as 中可插入單數，即：“as＋＋a／an＋＋as”。若是複數，可用“as many／few＋複數 ＋as”；若是，則用“as much／little＋＋as”。“as＋原級（形、副）＋as＋原級（形、副）”這形式表示有關同一人（物）的兩種不同的性質、狀態是一樣程度的，譯作“既有„且還有„”。
He is as handsome as his brother (is).他和他哥哥一樣英俊。
Judy goes to the movies as often as Sara does.朱迪像莎拉一樣時常去看電影。
Old John goes to sleep as easily as a baby does.老約翰像嬰兒一樣容易入睡。
The girls are as busy with their work as bees.這些女孩子就跟蜜蜂一樣忙著工作。
He is as nice a boy as Peter (is).他和彼得一樣都是好男孩。 She has as many friends as Mary (does).她和瑪麗一樣有許多朋友。
He has as much money as John (does).他和約翰一樣有很多錢。
He is as clever as (he is) handsome.他不但英俊而且聰明。
My teacher is as kind as (she is) intelligent.我的老師不但善良而且聰慧。 as many/much ...結構︰as many／much＋名詞„
說明︰此句型意為“同數（量）的„；一樣多”。本旨在用以代替句中前面已提到的相同數字，以避免該數字的重複。 He was tired enough to make ten errors in as many (=in ten) pages. 他疲倦得十頁中犯了十個錯誤。
Mike read five books in as many (=in five) months.麥克在五個月內看了五本書。
I didn’t expect that he should have committed three robberies in as many days. 沒想到（老實的）他居然在三天內犯了三次搶劫罪。 as many/much as ...結構︰as many／much as＋數字＋複數名詞／不可數名詞 說明︰此句型意為“多達„”。不要與“as many／much＋”（同數量的„）混淆。同理，此類還有：as long as＋數字＋（長達„），as wide as＋數字＋（寬達„）， as high as＋數字＋（高達„），as early as＋數字＋（早在„），as late as＋數字＋（遲在„）等。 She has as many as seven sisters.她的姊妹有七人之多。
As many as 100 people were killed in the air crash.這次空難中多達一百人喪生。
I gave the beggar as much as 1,000 yen.我給了這乞丐整整一千元。
Building costs ran up to as much as NT$ 20 million.建築費用漲到高達新台幣兩千萬。
I have been learning English (for) as long as 15 years.我學英文已有十五年之久。
He came home as late as two in the morning.他遲至清晨兩點才回家。
I saw your brother as late as last week.上個禮拜我還看到你哥哥。
The river is as wide as 100 meters.這條河寬達一百公尺。
I mailed the letter as early as Friday.我早在星期五就把信寄了。
A is as much + N + as B is 結構︰主詞＋be＋as＋much＋名詞＋as＋（be）＋主詞 說明︰此句型意為“„和„同樣„”。“as much＋＋as＋（be）＋”的 be 通常省略或放句末。
Comets are just as much members of the sun’s family as (are) the other planets. 彗星和其他的行星同樣是太陽家族的成員。
To eat too much is as much a bad thing as to eat nothing.吃太多和什麼都不吃同樣是壞事。
He is as much a member of the orchestra as Tom.他和湯姆同樣是管絃樂隊的成員。 not as/so + ADJ/ADV + as + N 結構︰not as／so＋形容詞／副詞＋as＋名詞
說明︰此句型意為“不像„那樣„”。as„as 可用於肯定句或，而 so„as 僅可用於構中。
It is not as (so) popular as other foods.它不像其他食物那樣受歡迎。
He does not study as (so) hard as John.他不像約翰那樣用功。
I am not as (so) careful as Tom.我不像湯姆那樣細心。 as far as ...結構︰as far as＋名詞
說明︰此句型意為“到„之遠；到„的程度”。而“as far as＋＋”則表示“只要„，在„範圍內的話„”。 Swallows from England go as far as South Africa.英國來的燕子飛到南非那樣遠的地方。
We walked as far as the railroad station.我們走到火車站那樣遠的地方。
We drove as far south as Kaohsiung.我們往南開車一直到高雄。
He went as far as Yokohama to meet his friend from England.他遠至橫濱去迎接由英國來的朋友。
I swam as far as I could.我盡可能地游遠。 ...just as ...as ...結構︰主詞＋動詞＋just as＋形容詞／副詞＋as＋（代）名詞／動名詞
說明︰此句型意為“„就像„一樣„”。第一個 as 是“同樣的；一樣的”，第二個 as 是“像”之意。若之後不是 be ，則 as 之後不用，而要用。
Being a good pedestrian is just as important as being a good driver. 做一個好的行人就像做一個好的司機一樣重要。 Writing is just as important as reading.寫作就像閱
推荐第9篇：英语句型
英语中的五种基本句型结构
一、句型1： Subject (主语) ＋ Verb (谓语)
这种句型中的动词大多是不及物动词，所谓不及物动词，就是这种动词后不可以直接接宾语。常见的动词如：work, sing, swim, fish, jump, arrive, come, die, disappear, cry, happen等。如： Li Ming works very hard.李明学习很努力。
二、句型2：Subject (主语) ＋ Link.V(系动词) ＋ Predicate(表语)
这种句型主要用来表示主语的特点、身份等。如:This kind of food tastes delicious.这种食物吃起来很可口。
三、句型3：Subject(主语) ＋ Verb (谓语) ＋ Object (宾语)
这种句型中的动词一般为及物动词, 所谓及物动词，就是这种动词后可以直接接宾语，其宾语通常由名词、代词、动词不定式、动名词或从句等来充当。例： He took his bag and left.他拿着书包离开了。
四、句型4： Subject(主语)＋Verb(谓语)＋ Indirect object(间接宾语)＋Direct object (直接宾语)
这种句型中，直接宾语为主要宾语，表示动作是对谁做的或为谁做的，在句中不可或缺，常常由表示“物”的名词来充当；间接宾语也被称之为第二宾语，去掉之后，对整个句子的影响不大，多由指“人”的名词或代词承担。引导这类双宾语的常见动词有：buy, pa, lend, give, tell, teach, show, bring, send等。如：Her father bought her a dictionary as a birthday present.她爸爸给她买了一本词典作为生日礼物。
五、句型5： Subject(主语)＋Verb (动词)＋Object (宾语)＋Complement(补语) 这种句型中的“宾语 ＋ 补语”统称为“复合宾语”。宾语补足语的主要作用或者是补充、说明宾语的特点、身份等；或者表示让宾语去完成的动作等。担任补语的常常是名词、形容词、副词、介词短语、分词、动词不定式等。如：You should keep the room clean and tidy.你应该让屋子保持干净整洁。
希望能对你有所帮助！
推荐第10篇：英语五种基本句型教案
英语五种基本句型教案
（1515.1516班
授课老师蒋茉华）
一．Teaching Goals教学目标： 1.Ability Goals能力目标：
a．Learn some detail information about the basic structures of English sentences; b.Improve the students’ ability of analyze the structure of sentences; c.Enable the students to translate the English sentences 2.Learning Ability Goals学能目标：
Help the students grasp the ability of constructing new sentences.3.Emotion情感目标：
a.Learn how to cooperate with others; b.Build the self-confidence of students
二．Teaching Important Points教学重点： a.The five basic English structures ; b.Constructing English sentences; c.Train the students’ ability of translating complex sentences
三．Teaching Difficult Points 教学难点
a.Train the ability how to write the right sentences, including the complex ones; b.Train the ability of analyzing the whole paage and give the main ideas of the paage or paragraphs
四．Teaching Aids 教学设备
A computer, a projector and some slides
五．Teaching Procedures Step 1 Show to the students the basic structures 基本句型一： Ｓ +Ｖ（主＋谓）
基本句型二： Ｓ +Ｖ+ Ｐ （主＋谓＋表） 基本句型三： Ｓ +Ｖ+ Ｏ （主＋谓＋宾）
基本句型四： Ｓ +Ｖ+ ｏ+ Ｏ （主＋谓＋间宾＋直宾） 基本句型五： Ｓ+ Ｖ+ Ｏ+ Ｃ （主＋谓＋宾＋宾补
句型1： Subject (主语) ＋ Verb (谓语) 此句型的句子有一个共同特点，即句子的谓语动词都能表达完整的意思，这种句型中的动词大多是不及物动词，动词后不可以直接接宾语，后面可以跟副词、介词短语、状语从句等。常见的动词如：work, sing, swim, fish, jump, arrive, come, die, disappear, cry, happen等。如：
1.The sun was shining.太阳在照耀着。 2.The moon rose.月亮升起了。 3.The universe remains.宇宙长存。
4.We all breathe, eat, and drink.我们大家都呼吸、吃和喝。 5.Who cares? 管它呢？
6.What he said does not matter.他所讲的没有什么关系。 7.They talked for half an hour.他们谈了半个小时。 8.The pen writes smoothly.这支笔书写流利。
Ｓ
1.Time 2.The moon 3.The man 4.We all 5.Everybody 6.I 7.They 8.He 9.He 10.They Ｖ （不及物动词） flies.rose.cooked.eat, and drink.laughed? woke.talked for half an hour.walked yesterday.is playing.have gone. 句型2：Subject (主语) ＋ Link.V(系动词) ＋ Predicate(表语) 此句型的句子有一个共同的特点：句子谓语动词都不能表达一个完整的意思，必须加上一个表明主语身份或状态的表语构成复合谓语，才能表达完整的意思。这类动词叫做连系动词，这种句型主要用来表示主语的特点、身份等。其系动词一般可分为下列两类： (1)表示状态。这样的词有：be, look, seem, smell, taste, sound, keep等。如： 1) This kind of food tastes delicious.这种食物吃起来很可口。 2) He looked worried just now.刚才他看上去有些焦急。
3) Several players lay flat on the playground.几个队员平躺在操场上。 4) We should remain modest and prudent any time.我们在任何时候都应该保持谦虚谨慎。
5) This kind of food tastes terrible.这种食物吃起来很糟糕。 6) The picture looks more beautiful at a certain distance.这幅画在一定的距离看更漂亮一些。
(2)表示变化。这类系动词有：become, turn, get, grow, go等。如：
1) Spring comes.It is getting warmer and warmer.春天到了，天气变得越来越暖和。 2) The tree has grown much taller than before.这棵树比以前长得高多了。
3)Spring comes.It is getting warmer and warmer.春天到了，天气变得越来越暖和。 4) Don\'t have the food.It has gone bad.不要吃那种食物，已经变质了。 5)The facts prove true.事实证明是正确的。
Ｓ 1.This 2.The dinner 3.He 4.Everything 5.He 6.The book 7.The weather 8.His face
Ｐ(表语)
an English dictionary.good.happy.different.
tall and strong.interesting.warmer.red. 句型3：Subject(主语) ＋ Verb (谓语) ＋ Object (宾语)
这种句型中的动词一般为及物动词, 所谓及物动词，就是这种动词后可以直接接宾语，其宾语通常由名词、代词、动词不定式、动名词或从句等来充当。此句型句子的共同特点是：谓Ｖ（是系动词） is smells(闻) fell looks is is became turned 语动词都具有实义，都是主语产生的动作，但不能表达完整的意思，必须跟有一个宾语，即动作的承受者，才能使意思完整。例：
1) He took his bag and left.（名词） 他拿着书包离开了。 2) Li Lei always helps me when I have difficulties.(代词) 当我遇到困难时，李雷总能给我帮助。
3) She plans to travel in the coming May Day.（不定式） 她打算在即将到来的“五一”外出旅游。
4) I don’t know what I should do next.(从句) 我不知道下一步该干什么 5)You can put the books in your bag.你可以把书放在书包里。
6) Farmers in our area grow lots of vegetables.我们这里的农民种很多种蔬菜。 7) She lost the chance to make her appearance on the stage.她失去了在舞台上露面的机会。
8) I prefer to make web pages.我更喜欢做网页。
Ｓ
1.Who 2.She 3.He 8.He 5.They 6.Danny 7.I 4.He Ｖ（实义动词） knows laugh at understands made ate likes want said Ｏ(宾语) the answer? her.English.cakes.
some apples.donuts.
to have a cup of tea.\"Good morning.\" 句型4： Subject(主语)＋Verb(谓语)＋ Indirect object(间接宾语)＋Direct object (直接宾语) 此句型的句子有一个共同特点：谓语动词必须跟有两个宾语才能表达完整的意思。这两个宾语一个是动作的直接承受者，另一个是动作的间接承受者。这种句型中，直接宾语为主要宾语，表示动作是对谁做的或为谁做的，在句中不可或缺，常常由表示“物”的名词来充当；间接宾语也被称之为第二宾语，去掉之后，对整个句子的影响不大，多由指“人”的名词或代词承担。引导这类双宾语的常见动词有：buy, pa, lend, give, tell, teach, show, bring, send等。如：
1) Her father bought her a dictionary as a birthday present.Her father bought a dictionary for her as a birthday present.她爸爸给她买了一本词典作为生日礼物。
2）The old man always tells the children stories about the heroes in the Long March.The old man always tells stories about the heroes to the children in the Long March.老人经常给孩子们讲述长征途中那些英雄的故事。
3) Yesterday her father bought her a bicycle as a birthday present.昨天她父亲给她买了一辆自行车作为生日礼物。
4）The old man is telling the children stories in the Long March.老人正在给孩子们讲长征中的故事。
这种句型还可转换为其他两种句型：1)动词 ＋ 宾语 ＋ for sb.； 2)动词 ＋ 宾语＋to sb.Please show me your picture.=Please show your picture to me.请把你的画给我看一下。
I\'ll offer you a good chance as long as you don t lose heart.=I\'ll offer a good chance for you as long as you don\'t lose heart.只要你不失去信心，我会给你提供机会的。
Ｓ
1.She 2.She 3.He 4.He 5.I 6.I 7.I 8.He
Ｏ（多指物） a new dre.a delicious meal.a dictionary.nothing.my pictures.a hand.
how to run the machine.that the bus was late. 句型5： Subject(主语)＋Verb (动词)＋Object (宾语)＋Complement(补语)
此句型的句子的共同特点是：动词虽然是及物动词，但是只跟一个宾语还不能表达完整的意思，必须加上一个补充成分来补足宾语，才能使意思完整。这种句型中的“宾语＋补语”统称为“复合宾语”。宾语补足语的主要作用或者是补充、说明宾语的特点、身份等；或者表示让宾语去完成的动作等。担任补语的常常是名词、形容词、副词、介词短语、分词、动词不定式等。常见的动词有: tell, ask, advise, help, want, would like, order, force, allow等。如： 1）You should keep the room clean and tidy.你应该让屋子保持干净整洁。（形容词） 2) We made him our monitor.(名词)我们选他当班长。
3) His father told him not to play in the street.(不定式)他父亲告诉他不要在街上玩。 4) My father likes to watch the boys playing basketball.(现在分词) 5) Yesterday I had a picture taken with two Americans.(过去分词) 6) Keep the children quiet, please.请让孩子们安静下来。 7) He painted the wall white.他把墙漆成白色。
8) We found him an honest person.我们发现他是一个诚实的人。
9) His mother told him not to play on the street.他母亲告诉他不要在街上玩。
注意：动词have, make, let, see, hear, notice, feel, watch等后面所接的动词不定式作宾补时，不带to。如：
6) The bo made him do the work all day.老板让他整天做那项工作。 7) I heard her sing in the next room all the time last night.昨天晚上我听见她在隔壁唱了一个晚上。 Ｖ（及物） paed cooked brought bought showed gave told showed ｏ（多指人）
him her husband you her him him me Ｓ 1.We 2.They 3.They 4.They 5.What 6.We 7.He 8.I
Ｖ（及物） keep painted call found makes saw asked saw
Ｏ（宾语）
the table the door supper the house him him me them
Ｃ（宾补）
clean.green.dinner.dirty.sad? out.
tocome back soon.
getting on the bus.Step 2:There be 句型: 此句型是由 there + be + 主语 + 状语构成，用以表达存在有，一种无主语的有。它其实是倒装的一种情况，主语位于谓语动词 be 之后，there 仅为引导词，并无实际语。Be 与其后的主语在人称和数量上一致，有时态和情态变化。如，
现在有 there is/are …
过去有 there was/were…
将来有 there will be…/there is /are going to be...现在已经有 there has/have been…
可能有 there might be...
肯定有 there must be …/there must have been...过去一直有 there used to be …
似乎有 there seems/seem/seemed to be …
碰巧有 there happen/happens/happened to be …
此句型有时不用be动词，而用 live, stand, come, go, lie, remain, exist, arrive, 等。
Step 3 Exercises and homework Ask the students to translate sentences; Review what we’ve learned in cla
第11篇：小学英语校本教研单词句型教学教案
开心学英语 Book 6 Unit7
What’s the matter? (Period 2)
执教老师：中山市横栏镇四沙小学 庞丹丹 教学年级：五年级
课题名称：Book 6 Unit 7 What’s the matter ? 授课时间：40分钟
一、学生分析：
本课教学对象是五（1）班的学生，多数学生的学习兴趣较浓厚，家里都有英语朗读机，能做到课前预习读通单词和句子。在我校《农村小学生英语口语形成性评价》和《英语扑克牌在教学中的运用》两个课题的推动下，学生已具备一定的听说读写能力。然而，农村学生欠缺英语学习资源，英语信息的获取只限于课堂，是缺乏语言综合运用的环境，与城区学生存在一定的差距。
二、教材分析：
本单元分4课时。
第一课时：Conversation和Target第3幅对话；
第二课时：Vocabulary、Target第
1、2幅对话和Activity；
第三课时：Practice
1、Practice2和Song activity,及相关课外阅读练习； 第四课时：Sounds and words。
三、教学目标：
１、能正确听、说、读、写表示病痛的5个单词：cold, fever, headache, toothache, stomachache及表示建议的2个词组：take some medicine, see the dentist.２、能听、说、认读、写句子I have a…, You should….She/He has a…, She/He should….３、能简单询问他人的身体状况，描述自己的病痛及提出建议。
４、学会关心他人、团结他人，意识到良好的生活饮食习惯的重要性，提高增强身体锻炼的意识。
四、教学重点：
1、能够听、说、读、写7个四会词及词组。
2、能够询问、描述自己病疼，给出意见。
五、教学难点：
正确领会描述病疼的单词headache, toothache, stomachache的读音及记忆方法。
六、教学过程：
1、Warm up：Play a Game ( Listen and do).
2、Presentation (1) Watch the flash.(2) Learn the words: cold, fever, headache, stomachache.
Learn the sentences: I have a…… She/He has a…..(3) Review “ headache, stomachache”, learn “earache, toothache”.(4) Give advice to Amy: She/He should……
3、Practice (1) Play English cards.(2) Pair work.
4、Consolidation
(1) Game: Look and Gue.
(2) Role Play
5、Extension Read and write.Act as a doctor in the group
6、Summary
7、Homework
第12篇：There be 句型教案
《There be 句型》教学设计
教学目标： 知识与技能目标：
（1） 学生能熟练掌握There be 句型的陈述句、一般疑问句。 （2） 学生能熟练掌握主谓一致原则；
（3） 学生能正确区分There be句型和“have/has”表示“有”的含义。
（4） 学生能熟练运用“There be ”句型描述日常生活中的事物。 过程与方法目标：
听、说、读、写贯穿教学的全过程，以自主、合作、探究及“任务型”教学为主，充分调动学生的主观能动性和探索精神，注重知识教学适合学生的认知水平，由简到繁，由易到难。 情感目标：
教和学的过程中，注意培养学生的团结协作精神，培养学生的跨文化意识。
教学重点：There be 句型的各种句式变化及be的正确运用。 教学难点：主谓一致；There be和have/has表示“有”的正确运用。 教学用时：一课时
教学过程：
Step1.复习
have/has表示“有”的句型 Ask Ss to make sentences with “have/has”.T.I have two good friends, Mike and Tom.They like sports.Mike has two basketballs and Tom has one soccer ball.板书： have/has 表示“拥有，所有” Step2.课堂导入
T．Look at our claroom, you can see some things(desk, chair, book…)in it.Can you say “墙上有一幅画”、“桌子上有两支钢笔”with “have/has” ?
Step3.呈现新句型
There is a picture on the wall.
There are two pens on the desk.There are twenty desks in our claroom.There is some milk in the bottle .There are five people in my family.让学生初步感知 There be 句型并找出句型规律。 板书： There is/are…+某物/某人+某地…
表示：某地有某物/某人 （表示存在）
教师先引导学生运用此句型结构造句，然后让学生两人一组进行操练，相互检查，然后让一部分学生把练习成果和大家分享。 Step4.T.Can you use “be” easily? 引入主谓一致的教学
a.让学生识别句子的主语（在刚才呈现的句子里试着找一下） b.找出规律：
板书：There is …+可数名词单数/不可数名词…
There are…+可数名词复数…
c.操练，让学生把自己认为写得好的一个句子和大家分享 d.T.通过让学生翻译 “桌子上有一支钢笔和一些书”引入“就近一致原则”。
There ______ a pen and some books on the desk .There______ some books and a pen on the desk.Step5.各种句式的变化
Game: 游戏：“猜口袋里的物品” ，引入There be 句型否定句和一般疑问句的教学。
肯定句：There is a picture on the wall.否定句：There is not/ isn’t
a picture on the wall.疑问句：Is there a picture on the wall?
Yes, there is ./ No , there isn’t .归纳：There be 句型的肯定句变否定句时，可直接在is/are之后加not; 变一般疑问句时，把is/are 置于句首。
特别提醒：把There are some English books in the schoolbag.变为否定句或者疑问句时，要把some改为any 。 Step6.课堂小结：
There be句型有特点，主语跟在be后边。 单数主语用is，复数用are记心间， 多个主语并列时，be随身边主语变。 变否定，很简单，be后要把not添。 变问句也不难，把be提到there前。 肯定句中用 some，否定疑问any 换。 Step7.课堂练习
Step8.家庭作业：用几句话介绍一下自己的房间（至少使用There be 句型和have/has 三次）。 板书设计：
have/has
有（拥有，所有）
There is/are…+某物/某人+某地…
某地有某物/某人（存在）
主谓一致：
There is+可数名词单数/不可数名词…
There are +可数名词复数…
句式变化： 否定句：There is not/isn’t …
There are not/aren’t…
疑问句：Is/Are there…?
Yes,there is/are.
No,there are not/aren’t.Some ------------------ any 肯定句
否定句/疑问句
There is a picture on the wall.There are two pens on the desk.
There are twenty desks in our claroom.There is some milk in the bottle.There are five people in my family.There____ a pen and some books on the desk.There____some books and a pen on the desk.
第13篇：there be句型教案
听说法教案 audio lingual method
教学课题：audio lingual method （听说法教学） 教学目的：learn “There be ” structure; 教学重点、难点：be的正确使用 ;and there be 问句。 教学过程：step1:follow teachers’ saying “there is/there are/there was/there were” Step2: show the pictures, such as cups/cup, cars/car and so on Step3: practice, students make a sentence according to the pictures Step4: discu, students make a sentence by themselves. Step5: recite.教学材料：pictures; real objects 课后练习：
第14篇：英语常用句型
1.According to···依据/根据······ 2.Am I allowed to···我可以······吗？
3.As far as I am concerned······就我而言····· 4.As matter of fact,```···实际上··· 5.As far as I know```······据我说知······ 6.As I just mentioned```正如我刚才所提到的 7.As I see it,```在我看来 8.As ··· as poible``` 尽可能··· 9.As is known to us all 众所周知 10As long as只要 11.But for若不是因为
12.Can you believe(that)```你相信吗 13.Can you imagine```你能想像···吗
14.Could you please explain```你能解释一下吗 15Can\'t we```难道我们不能···吗
16.Could you do me a favor and```能否请你帮我一个忙 17.Do you by any chance know你知道···吗 18.Do you enjoy doing你喜欢···（做事）吗 19.Do you happen to kow你知道···吗
20.Do you have any good ways to 你有没有···的好办法 21.Did you know that你知道··吗 22.Do you know if/whether你知道是否
23.Do/Would you mind doing如果···你是否介意 24.Do you realize(that)你有没有意识到
25.Do you think it is poible to 你认为···可能吗 26.Do you think it is neceary to 你认为···有必要吗 27.```doesn\'t make sense没有道理/没有意思/不清楚 28.Don\'t be afraid of不要害怕
29.Don\'t take it for granted that别把```当成理所当然 30.Don\'t wast time doing不要浪费时间````(做事) 31.Don\'t you think that```难道你不觉得````吗 32.Excuse me for请原谅我`` 33.For one thing```For another```一方面```另一方面``` 34.From my point of view在我看来``` 35.From where I stand 从我的立场来说``` 36.Generally speaking总的来说 37.Hardly``` when```一```就```(倒装句型) 38.Have you considered doing 你有没有考虑过```(做事） 39.Have you decided 你决定好了吗 40.Have you ever been to 你曾去过···吗 41.Have you thought about /of你有没有想过 42.Haven\'t you heard of难道你没有听过···吗
43.How are you getting on/along with···进展如何/与···相处如何
44.How are you going to你打算如何45.How does```sound（听起来）怎么样 46.How long will it take you to```···要用多长时间 47.How should I 我该如何
48.I absolutely agree with我完全同意 49.I am grateful for 我对···特别感激 50.I am planning to 我打算
51.I am very pleased to have this opportunity to```我很高兴有机会 52.I apologize for我为···道歉 53.I believe (that) 我相信
54.I believe we should我认为我们应该 55.I can\'t imagine我无法想像 56.I can\'t stand it when我受不了··· 57.I didn\'t expect to 我没想到··· 58.I didn\'t mean to我不是有意··· 59.I (don\'t ) fell like 我（不）想···
60.I don\'t get very excited about我对···不怎么感兴趣 61.I don\'t know how to 我不知道如何··· 62.I don\'t see( that)我看不出···我认为 ···不··· 63.I an dying to我渴望···我盼望··· 64.I am fed up of 我厌烦了···我受够了 65.I am sick and tired of 我对···感到厌烦
66.I hate to disagree with you, but```我不想跟你有不同意见，但是··· 67.I have confidence in 我相信···我对···有信心 68.I have nothing to do with ····跟我无关 69.I insist that```我坚决要··· 70.I insist on doing 我坚持 71.I intend to 我打算
72.I set my mind to do something/on something.我下定决心 73.I strongly advise you to 我强烈建议你··· 74.I want to expre my gratitude to 我要感谢 75.I would appreciate it if 如果···，我会非常感激 76.It gose without saying that 理应如此/不言而喻··· 77.It occurred to me that``` ···浮现于我的脑海中；我想起·· 78.It won\'t do any harm to``` ···没有任何坏处··· 79.It helps if```如果···的话，将会（对某人）有好处 80.It\'s long been my dream to ···一直是我的梦想
第15篇：英语句型（优秀）
I 询问姓名、年龄。
1.----What’s your name? ----你叫什么名字？
----My name is ________.----我叫……。
2.----How old are you? ----你几岁了？
----I’m 12.----我十二岁。
II 询问颜色。
1.----What colour is it? ----它是什么颜色的？
----It’s yellow and white.----黄白相间。
2.----What colour are they? ----它们是什么颜色的？
----They’re green.----绿色的。
III 询问数量或价钱。
1.----How many kites can you see? ----你可以看见几只风筝？
-------I can see 12.----我可以看见十二只风筝。
2.----How many crayons do you have? ----你有多少支彩笔？
-------I have 16.----我有十六支。
3.-----How many people are there in your family? ----你家有几口人？
-------Three.----三口人。
4.-----How much is this dre? ----这条连衣裙多少钱？
1 / 4
-------It’s ninety-nine yuan.----九十九元。
5.-----How much are these apples? ----这些苹果多少钱？
-------They’re thirty-five yuan.----三十五元。
IV 询问时间或日期。
1.--What time is it now? ----现在几点钟？
-----It’s nine o’clock.It’s time for English cla.九点。该上英语课了。
-----It’s eight o’clock.It’s time to go to bed.八点。该上床睡觉了。
2.--What day is it today? ----今天星期几？
----It’s Monday.----星期一。
----What do we have on Mondays? ----我们星期一上哪些课？
----We have Chinese, English, math …----语文、英语、数学……
3.----When is your birthday? ----你的生日是什么时候？
------It’s October 1st, our National Day.---十月一日，国庆节。
4.----When do you do morning exercises? ---你们什么时候做早锻炼？
------I usually do morning exercises at 8:30.--我们通常8：30做早锻炼。
V 询问方位或地方。
1.----Where is my toy car? ----我的玩具汽车在哪儿？
-------It’s here, under the chair.----在这儿，在椅子下面。
2.----Where is the canteen? ----餐厅在哪儿？
------It’s on the first floor ----在一楼。
3.---Where are the keys? ----钥匙在哪儿？
------They’re in the door.----在门上。
4.--Excuse me.Where is the library, please? 对不起，请问图书馆在哪儿？
----It’s near the post office.----在邮局附近。
5.---Where are you from? ----你从哪儿来？
------I’m from China.----我从中国来。
6.---Where does the rain come from? ----雨是从哪儿来的？
------It comes from the clouds.----它是从云层里来的。
VI 询问想吃的东西。
1.----What would you like for breakfast / lunch / dinner ?
你早餐/中餐/晚餐想吃点什么？
------I’d like some bread and milk / rice and soup.
2 / 4
我想吃面包和牛奶/米饭和汤。
2.----What’s for breakfast / lunch / dinner?---早餐/中餐/晚餐吃什么？
------Hamburgers and orange juice.----汉堡包和橙汁。
VII 询问天气状况。
1.----What’s the weather like in Beijing? ----北京的天气如何？
------It’s rainy today.How about New York? 今天是雨天。纽约呢？
------It’s sunny and hot.----今天是晴天，天气很热。
VIII 询问身体状况或情绪。
1.----How do you feel? ----你感觉如何？
----I feel sick.----我觉得不舒服。
2.----What’s the matter? ----怎么了？
----My throat is sore./ I have a sore throat.---我的喉咙疼。
3.----How are you, Sarah? You look so happy.---你好吗，莎拉？你看起来这么伤心。
----I failed the math test.----我的数学考试没有通过。
IX 询问职业、身份或人物。
1.----What’s your father / mother? ---你的父亲 / 母亲是做什么的？
----He’s a doctor./ She’s a teacher.---他是一名医生。/ 她是一名教师。
2.----What does your mother / father do? ---你的母亲 / 父亲是做什么的？
----She’s a TV reporter./ He’s a teacher.He teaches English.
她是一名电视台记者。/他是一名教师。他教英语。
3.----Who’s that man / woman? ----那位男士 / 女士是谁？
----He’s my father./ She’s my mother.他是我父亲。 / 她是我母亲。
4.----Who’s this boy / girl? ----那个男孩儿 / 女孩儿是谁？
----He’s my brother./ She’s my sister.--他是我兄弟。 / 她是我姐妹。
5.----Who’s your art teacher? ----你们的美术老师是谁？
----Mi Wang.----王老师。
----What’s she like? ----她长什么样儿？
----She’s young and thin.----她很年轻、苗条。
X 询问兴趣、喜好。
1.----What’s your favourite food / drink? 你最喜欢的食物 / 饮料是什么？
----Fish / orange juice.----鱼。 / 橙汁。
2.----What’s your favourite season? ----你最喜欢的季节是什么？
3 / 4
----Winter.----冬天。
----Which season do you like best? ---你最喜欢哪个季节？
----Winter.) ----冬天。
----Why do you like winter? ----你为什么喜欢冬天？
----Because I can make a snowman.----因为可以堆雪人。
3.----What’s your hobby? ----你的爱好是什么？
----I like collecting stamps.----我喜欢集邮。
----What’s his hobby? ----他的爱好是什么？
----He likes riding a bike.----他喜欢骑自行车。
4.----Do you like peaches? ----你喜欢吃桃子吗？
----Yes, I do./ No, I don’t.----喜欢。/ 不喜欢。
XI 询问平时一般或通常做的事情。
1.----What do you do on Saturdays / on the weekends?
你星期六 / 周末一般做什么？
----I usually do my homework.Sometimes I play football.
我通常做作业，有时候踢足球。
XII 询问正在做的事情。
1.----What are you doing? ----你在做什么？
----I’m doing the dishes.----我在洗盘子。
----I’m going to the bookstore.----我准备到书店去。
----What are you going to buy? ----你打
2.----What’s your father doing? ----你父亲正在做什么？
----He’s writing an e-mail.----他正在写电子邮件。
3.----What’s Mike doing? ----迈克正在干什么？
----He’s watching insects.----他正在观察昆虫。
4.----What’s the tiger doing? ----那只老虎在干什么？
----It’s running.----它在奔跑。
5.----What are the elephants doing? ----那些大象在干什么？
----They’re drinking.----它们正在喝水。
XIII 询问将要做的事情。
1..----What are you going to do? ----你准备做什么？
----I’m going to the cinema.----我准备去看电影。
----When are you going to do? ----你准备什么时候去？
----This afternoon.----今天下午。
2.----Where are you going this afternoon?-今天下午你准备到哪儿去？
4 / 4
算买点儿什么？
----I’m going to buy a comic book.----我准备买本漫画书。
XIV 询问曾经做过或发生过的事情。
1.----Where did you go last weekend / yesterday / on your holiday?
----你上周末/昨天/假期到哪儿去了？
----I went to Wuhan.----我去了武汉。
2.----How did you go there? ----你怎么去的？
----I went by train.----我坐火车去的。
3.----What did you do there? ----你在那儿做了些什么？
----I went shopping.----我去购物了。
第16篇：英语句型结构
英语句型大全手册－详尽版 1.疑问句型 what is this? 结构︰问句：what＋be 动词＋this（that„）？
答句：this（that„）＋be 动词＋a book（pen„）。
说明︰此句型意为“这（那）是什么？这（那）是书（钢笔„）”。what（什么）叫做“疑问词”，用于询问“事物”，通常放在句首，后接 be ，再接，第一个字母 w要大写，句尾要加问号(?)，位置不可排错。
what is this? this is a chair.这是什么？这是一张椅子。 what’s this? it’s a book.这是什么？它是一本书。
what is that? that is a desk.那是什么？那是一张书桌。 what are these? 结构︰问句：what are＋these／those„？
答句：these／those are＋复数名词（＋s／es）。
说明︰与的形式要一致，is 后面接单数，are 后面要接复数。 what are these? these are books.这些是什么？这些是书。 what are those? those are cups.那些是什么？那些是茶杯。 what are they? they are glaes.它们是什么？它们是玻璃杯。 what are you? 结构︰问句：what＋be 动词＋主词（人）„？
答句：主词＋be 动词＋a student„。
说明︰此句型意为“你是做什么事情的？我是学生„”。疑问词 what 除了询问事物之外，还可用于询问“人的职业或身分”。be 随的变化而改变形态，如：i am，we are，you are，he is„。 what are you? i am a student.你是做什么事情的？我是一名学生。
what is she? she is a teacher.她是做什么事情的？她是一名教师。 are you a ...? 结构︰问句：be 动词（am，are，is）＋主词＋„？
肯定简答：yes，主词＋am（are，is）。
否定简答：no，主词＋am（are，is）not。
说明︰在否定中，和 am，is，are 可以缩写；在肯定中则不可。 is he a student? yes, he is.(no, he isn’t.)他是学生吗？是的，他是。（不，他不是。） are you a teacher? yes, i am.(no, i’m not.) 你是教师吗？是的，我是。（不，我不是。） is that a clock? yes, it is.(no, it isn’t.) 那是钟表吗？是的，它是。（不，它不是。） what is your name? 结构︰问句：what＋is＋所有格＋name? 答句：所有格＋name＋is＋名字。
说明︰“my，your，his，her”为单数人称的；后面必接，即“＋”；不可与 a，an，this，that，these 或 those 紧接一起使用。
what is your name? my name is sue.妳叫什么名字？我的名字叫苏。 what is his name? his name is john.他叫什么名字？他的名字叫约翰。 what is her name? her name is jean.她叫什么名字？她的名字叫珍。 who is that ...? 结构︰问句：who＋be 动词＋that＋形容词＋名词？
答句：that is＋名字。
说明︰who 是，询问人的“姓名”或“关系”；将直接放在前面，叫做“前位修饰”。 who is that short boy? that is bill.那位矮男孩是谁？那位是比尔。
who is that tall girl? that is mary.那位高女孩是谁？那位是玛丽。 who is that fat man? he is my uncle.那位胖男子是谁？那位是我叔叔。 where is ...? 结构︰问句：where＋be 动词（am，are，is）＋主词„？
答句：主词＋be 动词＋in the＋名词„。
说明︰问句是“where ...?”，简答时可用“in／on the＋”。 where is sue? she is in her room.苏在那里？她在她的房间里。 where are your books? on the desk.你的书在那里？在书桌上。
where is your mother? she is in the kitchen.你妈吗在哪里？她在厨房里。 are you v-ing ...? 结构︰am（are，is）＋主词＋现在分词„？
说明︰此句型意为“（人，物）正在„吗？”。这一转换的三要素是：be 移到句首；改为大写；句尾用问号。 is mary sleeping?玛丽正在睡觉吗？ are you reading a book?你正在看书吗？ is the dog playing?小狗正在玩耍吗？ what are you doing? 结构︰问句：what＋am（are，is）＋主词＋现在分词？
答句：主词＋am（are，is）＋现在分词„。
说明︰“（人）正在做什么？（人）正在„”。注意：的动词只能用原形，不可造；表示“瞬间产生”的动作的，如 sit down，stand up，不可造。 what am i doing? you are reading a book.我正在做什么？ 你正在阅读一本书。
what are the girls doing? they are singing.姑娘们正在做什么？ 她们在唱歌。 what is bill writing? he is writing a letter.比尔在写什么？ 他在写一封信。 how old are you? 结构︰问句：how old＋be 动词＋主词（某人）？
答句：主词（某人）＋be 动词＋year(s) old。
说明︰此句型意为“某人几岁？某人是„岁”。该句型中，要用 how，不可用 what；且 be （am，is，are）要和后面的(某人)配合；答句中的“year(s) old”可以省略。
how old are you? i am twelve (years old).你几岁？我十二岁。
how old is your sister? she is thirteen years old.你的姊妹几岁？她十三岁。 how old is john? he is one year old.约翰几岁？他一岁。 what time is it? 结构︰问句：what time is it？
答句：it is＋数字＋o’clock。
说明︰此句型意为“现在是几点钟？现在是„点钟”。问句中 what 当，修饰后面的 time；time 当时间解时，只能用单数，不可用复数。 what time is it? it is ten o’clock.现在是几点钟？现在是十点钟。 what time is it? it is six o’clock.现在是几点钟？现在是六点钟。 what time is it? it is nine o’clock.现在是几点钟？现在是九点钟。 do you + v ...? 结构︰问句：do／does＋主词＋原形动词„？
肯定简答：yes，主词＋do／does。
否定简答：no，主词＋don’t／doesn’t。
说明︰肯定句中，如有一般（speak，work，teach„），则在句首加 do 或 does，并将一般改为原形（不加s或es），即构成。
do you speak english? yes, i do.(no, i don’t.) 你讲英语吗？是的，我讲英语。（不，我不讲英语。）
does she have a cat? yes, she does.(no, she doesn’t.) 她有一只猫吗？是的，她有一只猫。（不，她没有一只猫。） do they work in office? yes, they do.(no, they don’t.) 他们在办公室里工作吗？是的，他们在办公室里工作。（不，他们不在办公室里工作。） what time do you + v ...? 结构︰问句：what time＋do／does＋主词＋原形动词„？
答句：主词（某人）＋一般动词„＋时间。
说明︰此句型意为“某人几点做某事？” do 或 does 的选择依而定，若为第三人称单数，用 does；其它用 do。
what time do you get up? i usually get up at six.你几点起床？我通常六点起床。 what time does he go to bed? he usually goes to bed at ten.他几点就寝？他通常十点就寝。 what time does your cla begin? it begins at eight-ten. 你的课几点开始？八点十分开始。 what day is today? 结构︰问句：what day is today？
答句：it’s＋sunday／monday／„。
说明︰此句型意为“今天是星期几？今天是星期日／星期一／„。”it 可用于指“星期的名称”，但 this或 that 不可以；一星期七天的名称，都是，开头的首字母要大写，前面不加。
what day is today? it’s sunday.今天是星期几？今天是星期日。 what day is today? it’s wednesday.今天是星期几？今天是星期三。 what day is today? it’s saturday.今天是星期几？今天是星期六。 how many n are there ... 结构︰问句：how many＋复数名词＋are there in／on＋名词？
答句：there is／are＋单数（复数）名词＋in／on＋名词。
说明︰此句型意为“在某处有多少„？在某处有„。”该句型中，many 修饰复数；又因本句型是 ，故用 are there，不可用 there are。 how many seasons are there in a year? there are four seasons in a year. 一年有几个季节？ 一年有四季。
how many days are there in a week? there are seven days in a week. 一星期有几天？ 一星期有七天。
how many leons are there in this book? there are twelve leons in this book. 这本书里有几课？ 这本书里有十二课。 how many ...do you have? 结构︰问句：how many＋复数名词＋do／does＋主词＋have？
答句：主词＋have／has„＋复数名词＋„。
答句：主词＋don’t／doesn’t have„＋复数名词„。
说明︰“how many”后面接复数，复数的前面可用 many，a lot of，a few，some，few，any，no 等修饰。
how many books do you have? i have a lot of books.(i don’t have any books.) 你有几本书？ 我有许多书。（我没有书。） how many sweaters do you have? i have three sweaters.(i don’t have any sweaters.) 你有几件毛衣？ 我有三件毛衣。（我没有毛衣。）
how many friends does she have? she has a lot of friends.(she doesn’t have many friends.) 她有几个朋友？ 她有许多朋友。（她没有许多朋友。） how much ...do you have? 结构︰问句：how much＋单数不可数名词＋do／does＋主词＋have？
答句：主词＋have／has„＋单数不可数名词。
答句：主词＋don’t／doesn’t have„＋单数不可数名词。
说明︰“how much”后面接单数，单数前面可用 much， a little，some，little，any，no 等修饰。
how much tea does he have? he has a lot of tea.(he doesn’t have any tea.) 他有多少茶？ 他有很多茶。（他没有茶。）
how much homework do they have? they have a lot of homework.(they don’t have much homework.) 他们有多少家庭作业？ 他们有许多家庭作业。（他们没有许多家庭作业。） how much fruit do they have? they have a lot of fruit.(they don’t have a lot of fruit.) 他们有多少水果？ 他们有许多水果。（他们没有许多水果。） how much do(es) ...cost? 结构︰how much do（es）＋某物＋cost„？
说明︰此句型意为“某物值多少钱？”。how much 用来询问商品的价格。还可以写作：“how much＋ be ＋某物？。
how much do the movie tickets cost? 这些电影票值多少钱？ did ...v ... 结构︰did＋主词＋原形动词＋„过去时间？
说明︰将肯定句中的过去式改为“did＋原形”，并将 did 放在句首，句尾用问号，即构成过去式的。
did he clean the room yesterday? 他昨天打扫房间吗？ did she wash the skirt yesterday? 她昨天洗这裙子吗？
did your brother play in the park this morning? 你弟弟今天上午在公园玩耍吗？ did he eat lunch yesterday? 他昨天吃午饭吗？
did you see any elephants in the zoo last week? 上星期你在动物园里看到大象了吗？ did sue have her breakfast at eight? 苏在八点钟吃过早餐了吗？ do you ever + v ...? 结构︰问句：do／does＋主词＋ever＋原形动词„？
答句：no，主词＋never＋一般动词（加s或es）„。
说明︰ever 通常用于，never 通常用于否定回答；never 也可放在句首，后接原形 ，形成否定，如例句4。
你曾经使用计算机吗？不，我未曾使用过计算机。
does tom ever get up late? no, tom never gets up late. 汤姆曾经晚起床吗？不，汤姆未曾晚起床过。
does sally ever play the piano? no, sally never plays the piano. 萨莉曾经弹钢琴吗？不，萨莉未曾弹过钢琴。
never be late for school, bill.比尔，上学绝不可迟到。 what year was he born in? 结构︰what date／year＋was／were＋主词＋born＋on／in？
说明︰此句型意为“你出生于几月几日（那一年）？”。born 是 bear 的过去，在文法上当
，前面常有 was 或 were；中文说“某人出生”，英语应说：“某人＋was／were born„”。 what year were you born in? 你出生于那一年？ what date was your mother born on? 你母亲出生于几月几日？ what month was your sister born in? 你妹妹出生于几月？ what will you do on ...? 结构︰what will／did＋主词＋do＋on＋时间？
说明︰此句型意为“某人在某时间将做什么？（未来式）某人在某时做了什么事？（过去式）”。指特定的日期（如几月几日）、星期几或星期几的早上（下午，晚上），要用介系词on。
what will you do on teacher’s day? 你在教师节将做什么事？ what will they do on christmas eve? 他们在圣诞夜将做什么事？ what will helen do on her birthday? 海伦在她生日那天将做什么事？ what did john do on new year’s day? 约翰在元旦做了什么事？ what did mary do on youth day? 玛丽在青年节做了什么事？
what did the suspect do on july ninth? 嫌疑犯在七月九日做了什么事情？ how do you + v ...? 结构︰问句：how＋do＋主词＋一般动词„？ 答句：主词＋一般动词„＋情状副词。
说明︰how 是问情况的，表示“怎样„？”。用于说明“状态或性质”的副词，称为 。当用来修饰时，位于其后；当用来修饰时，位于的前面或后面。
how did you do your work? i did my work happily. 你怎样做你的工作？ 我很快乐地做了我的工作。
how did mrs.lin look at mr.lin? she looked at mr.lin coldly. 林太太怎样注视林先生？ 她冷漠地注视林先生。
how does mr.wang drive his taxi? he drives his taxi carefully. 王先生怎样驾驶他的出租车？ 他小心地驾驶他的出租车。 you are ..., aren’t you? 结构︰肯定句，＋否定式助动词＋主词？
说明︰这是一种反意，其结构特点是：第一部分是肯定式，第二部分就用否定式。直述句的是时，附加问句的要用代替：it 代替 this， that，(当)或(当)等；they 代替 these，those， people 等。下列的否定缩写式较易弄错：will not－>won’t；would not－>wouldn’t；should not－>shouldn’t；can not－>can’t；could not－>couldn’t； might not－>mightn’t；ought not－>oughtn’t。直述句有一般现在式，则附加问句用 do 或 does 代替；有一般过去式，则附加问句用 did 代替。 they’re ready, aren’t they?（读降调）他们准备好了吧？（读升调）他们准备好了，不是吗？ mike has a car, doesn’t he?（读降调）麦克有辆车，是吧？（读升调）麦克有辆车，不是吗？ the secretary typed the letter, didn’t she?是秘书打了这封信，不是吗？
they will go to europe, won’t they?他们将去欧洲，不是吗？ you are the teacher, aren’t you?你就是老师，不是吗？
i suppose you have been in our woods, haven’t you?我推想你在我们的森林里呆过，不是吗？ i know he had a good time last night, didn’t he? 我知道他昨天晚上玩得很愉快，不是吗？ the wall plug is broken, isn’t it?墙上的插座坏了，不是吗？ clean parks are beautiful, aren’t they? 干净的公园是美丽的，不是吗？ you can do it, can’t you? 你会做它，不是吗？
we should rise early, shouldn’t we?我们应该早起，不是吗？ he isn’t ..., is he? 结构︰否定句，＋肯定式助动词＋主词？
说明︰这是另一种反意。否定结构在第一部分，第二部分就要用肯定结构。对反意的回答篇2：英语常用基本句式和句型结构
英语常用基本句式和句型结构
【要点归纳】
▲英语句式绝大多数以s+v(主语+谓语)结构为核心架构。英语是sv型语言。即以s+v(主语+谓语)结构为主干，以谓语动词为核心。
▲一般来说，一个英语句子若没有谓语动词（实义动词或系动词），这个句子一定是错误的。
▲英语句子的谓语只能由动词来充当，动词在英语句子中如果不充当谓语就必须用非谓语形式（动名词、不定式或分词）。但汉语句子的谓语既可以是动词，也可以是形容词、名词等。
如：the prices are stable and the market is flourishing. to study english is not easy. study english not easy.(×) ▲汉语句法的显著特点是“动词连用”，动词不需要形态变化，便可以按时间和动作发生先后顺序和情节发展连续使用几个动词。一个英语句子，除并列谓语的情形外，只能出现一个谓语，否则须用其他手段处理：
★ 变为非谓语形式
★ 连词连接 ﹛并列连词（并列谓语；并列句）
★ 从属连词→引出从句
★ 用名词或介词来表示
▲汉语“动词连用”有两类，一类是由一个主语发出的连续几个动作，叫连动式；一类是由谓语的两个动作，前一个动词的宾语是后一个动词的主语，即两个动词不是由一个主语发出的，称作兼语式。请看：
一）连动式 英语中没有汉语这种连动式，表达先后关系的几个动词，可用and连接或用分词结构。如：
我打开门走进来。
i opened the door and came in.(opening the door, i came in.) 二）兼语式
如：“他请我到他家来做客。”“我”是“请”的宾语，又是“到他家来做客”的主语。也就是说“我” 身兼两职。英语句式表达汉语兼语式有以下几种方式：
1) 将兼语式的第二个动词转化为英语的宾语补足语，常用不定式，有时用不带to的不定式，或分词，副词，形容词，名词，介词结构等。对于第一个动词，汉语中常用的动词有“使”、“叫”、“请求”、“让”、“迫使”、“导致”、“要求”、“命令”、“促进”、“鼓励”等，在英语中均有对应的动词（make, ask, beg, have, force, cause, demand, order, help, encourage等）。如：
he invited me to dinner in his house. ▲在sv总句式基础上，根据谓语动词的类型不同，可总结出下五大句型：[s1] ⑴ 主语+系动词+表语she seems kind. a.the soup is delicious.(形容词作表语) b.helen became an electrical engineer.(名词作表语) c.he is in good health.(介词短语作表语) d.the story is interesting.(现在分词作表语) ⑵ 主语+不及物动词 he changed a lot. a.the moon shines brightly.(一般现在时) b.the car won’t go.(一般将来时) c.the child behaved badly at the party.(主语+不及物动词+程度状语+地点状语) d.production declined 6% last month.(一般过去式) e.they will fly to london.(主语+不及物动词+地点状语) ⑶ 主语+及物动词+宾语 we love our country. a.we visited our friends.(名词作宾语) b.i am considering going abroad.(动名词作宾语) c.he can not afford to take a taxi.(动词不定式作宾语) d.he caught her by the arm.(动词+宾语+介词短语作方式状语) ⑷ 主语+及物动词+间接宾语（人）+直接宾语（物）
或 主语+及物动词+直接宾语（物）+to +间接宾语（人） +for+间接宾语（人）
he gave me a present.(he gave a present to me.) a.he often tells the children interesting stories. b.he aigned jack the toughest job. c.i paid the repairman 50 dollars. d.he sent some flowers to his girlfriend. e.my mother made a new dre for my sister. f.ill tell you what ive been thinking.(宾语从句) g.i aure you that this medicine will help you.(宾语从句) h.youve got to promise me that you wont do that again.(主及宾结构+不定连接+主及宾宾) ⑸ [/url]主语+及物动词+宾语+宾语补足语 i found the book interesting.[s2] a.his writing has made him a well-known public figure.(名词作宾补) b.they found the book easy.(形容词作宾补) c.i can see two ships in the harbor.(介词短语作宾补) d.he kept me waiting too long.(现在分词作宾补) e.i have my hair cut every month.(过去分词作宾补) f.they wanted him to study abroad.(动词不定式作宾补) g.will you tell me how to do it? h.we advised her which course to take. [s1] 五种基本句型歌 英语句子万万千，
五大句型把线牵。 句型种类为动词，
后接什么是关键； 系词后面接表语； vi独身无牵连； vt又可分三类，
单宾双宾最常见， 还有宾语补足语； [s2] 1.jim finds his job a challenge.［宾补为n.］ 2.i found the movie interesting.［宾补为adj.］ 3.why did you leave the light on?［宾补为adv.］ 4.we found her in tears.［宾补为介词短语］
5.they encouraged her to try again.［宾补为不定式］ 6.my mother told me not to worry.［宾补为不定式］
7.we heard someone knocking on the door.［宾补为v-ing］ 8.do you smell something burning?［宾补为v-ing］
10.you should make yourself understood.［宾补为v-ed］篇3：英语句型大全 1.s(主） + vi（不及物动词）（谓） time flies. 1) s + v + adverbial(状语） birds sing beautifully. 2) s + vi+ prep phrase（介词短语） he went on holiday. 3) s + vi+ infinitive (不定式） we stopped to have a rest. 4) s + vi+ participle (分词） ill go swimming. 2.s (主）+ vt （及物动词）（谓）+ o（宾） we like english. 1) s + vt + n/pron i like music. i like her. i want to help him. 常用于这句型的动词有：attempt, dare, decide, desire, expect, hope, intend, learn, need, offer, pretend, promise, propose, purpose, refuse, want, wish等。 3) s + vt + wh-word + infinitive i dont know what to do. 常用于这句型的动词有：ask, consider, decide, discover, explain, find out, forget, gue, inquire, know, learn, observe, remember, see, settle, tell, think, understand, wonder等。
4) s + vt + gerund i enjoy living here. 常用于这句型的动词有：admit, advise, avoid, consider, defend, enjoy, excuse, finish, forbid, mind, mi, practise, risk, suggest, give up, cant help等。 5) s + vt + that-clause i dont think (that) he is right. 3.s (主）+ v（谓）（lv)( 系动词）+ p（表） we are chinese. 1) s + lv + n/pron(名词/代词） he is a boy. this is mine. 2) s + lv + adj（形容词） she is beautiful. 3) s + lv + adv (副词） cla is over. 4) s + lv + prep phrase he is in good health. 5) s + lv + participle(分词） he is excited. the film is interesting. 4.s (主）+ vt （谓）+ in o（间接 宾） i give you help. 1) s + vt + n/pron + n （直接 宾） + d o i sent him a book. i bought may a book. 2) s + vt + n/pron + to/for-phrase he sent a book to me. he bought a coat for me. 间接宾语前需要加to 的常用动词有：allow, bring, deny, do(带来）， give, grant, hand, leave, lend, offer, owe, pa, pay, permit, promise, read, refuse, render, restore, sell, send, show, teach, tell wish, write等。
间接宾语前需要加for 的常用动词有：bring, buy, cash, choose, fetch, get, leave, make, order, paint, play(演奏），save, sing, spare等。 5.s (主）+ vt（谓）+ o（宾） + o c（宾补） i make you clear. 1) s + vt + n/pron + n we named our baby tom. 常用于这句型的动词有：appoint, call, choose, elect, entitle, find, make, name, nominate(命名）。
2) s + vt + n/pron + adj he painted the wall white. 常用于这句型的动词有：beat, boil, cut, drive, find, get, hold, keep, leave, like, make, paint, see, set, turn, want, wash, wipe, wish等。 3) s + vt + n/pron + prep phrase she always keeps everything in good order. 4) s + vt + n/pron + infinitive i wish you to stay. i made him work 5) s + vt + n/pron + participle (分词） i heard my name called. i feel something moving. 常用于这句型的动词有：catch, feel, find, get, have, hear, imagine, keep, leave, listen to, look at, notice, observe, perceive, see, set, smell, start, watch等。
第17篇：英语写作句型
一）段首句
1.关于……人们有不同的观点。一些人认为……
There are different opinions among people as to ____ .Some people suggest that ____.2.俗话说（常言道）……，它是我们前辈的经历，但是，即使在今天，它在许多场合仍然适用。
There is an old saying______.Its the experience of our forefathers，however，it is correct in many cases even today.
3.现在，……，它们给我们的日常生活带来了许多危害。首先，……；其次，……。更为糟糕的是……。
Today, ____, which have brought a lot of harms in our daily life.First, ____ Second,____.What makes things worse is that______.4.现在，……很普遍，许多人喜欢……，因为……，另外（而且）……。
Nowadays，it is common to ______.Many people like ______ because ______.
Besides，______.
5.任何事物都是有两面性，……也不例外。它既有有利的一面，也有不利的一面。
Everything has two sides and ______ is not an exception，it has both advantages and disadvantages.
6.关于……人们的观点各不相同，一些人认为（说）……，在他们看来，……
People’s opinions about ______ vary from person to person.Some people say that ______.To them,_____.
7.人类正面临着一个严重的问题……，这个问题变得越来越严重。
Man is now facing a big problem ______ which is becoming more and more serious.
8.……已成为人的关注的热门话题，特别是在年青人当中，将引发激烈的辩论。
______ has become a hot topic among people，especially among the young and heated debates are right on their way. 9.……在我们的日常生活中起着越来越重要的作用，它给我们带来了许多好处，但同时也引发一些严重的问题。
______ has been playing an increasingly important role in our day-to-day life.it has brought us a lot of benefits but has created some serious problems as well.10.根据图表/数字/统计数字/表格中的百分比/图表/条形图/成形图可以看出……。很显然……，但是为什么呢？
According to the figure/number/statistics/percentages in the /chart/bar graph/line/graph，it can be seen that______ while.Obviously，______，but why?
（二）中间段落句
1.相反，有一些人赞成……，他们相信……，而且，他们认为……。
On the contrary，there are some people in favor of ___.At the same time，they say____.2.但是，我认为这不是解决……的好方法，比如……。最糟糕的是……。
But I dont think it is a very good way to solve ____.For example，____.Worst ofall，___.3.……对我们国家的发展和建设是必不可少的，（也是）非常重要的。首先，……。而且……，最重要的是……
______is neceary and important to our countrys development and construction.First，______.Whats more, _____.Most important of all,______.4.有几个可供我们采纳的方法。首先，我们可以……。
There are several measures for us to adopt.First, we can______ 5.面临……，我们应该采取一系列行之有效的方法来……。一方面……，另一方面， Confronted with______，we should take a series of effective measures to______.For one thing，______For another，______ 6.早就应该拿出行动了。比如说……，另外……。所有这些方法肯定会……。
It is high time that something was done about it.For example._____.In addition.
_____.All these measures will certainly______.7.为什么……？第一个原因是……；第二个原因是……；第三个原因是……。总的来说，……的主要原因是由于……
Why______? The first reason is that ______.The second reason is ______.The third is
______.For all this, the main cause of ______due to ______.8.然而，正如任何事物都有好坏两个方面一样，……也有它的不利的一面，象……。
However, just like everything has both its good and bad sides, ______also has its own
disadvantages, such as ______.9.尽管如此，我相信……更有利。
Nonethele, I believe that ______is more advantageous.10.完全同意……这种观点（陈述），主要理由如下：
I fully agree with the statement that ______ because
1.It must be pointed out that it is one of our basic State policies to control population growth while raising the quality of the population.
2.It is (has been) estimated that the worlds population could reach 6 billion by the end of the century.
3.It must be kept in mind that there is no secret of succe but hard work. 4.It can be seen from this that there is no difficulty in the world we can overcome.
5.As is known man is the product of labor.
6.It is a common saying that man who has a settled purpose will surely succeed.
7.It is clear that the enemy has no desire for peace.
8.It is hard to imagine how Edison managed to work twenty hours each day.
9.Its hard to say whether the plan is practicable.
10.There is no doubt that others will help you if you have any difficulties.
11.It seems certain that they have made a series of experiments.
12.It is said that bats have been using radar for millions of years.
13.To tell the truth, many mistakes we made could have been avoided.
14.As we know, it was not until recently that the problem was solved.
15.It must be admitted that you havent done what you promised to do.
16.In my opinion, this computer is different from that one you saw.
17.It is certain that we have a long way to go.
18.All this shows that nothing can prevent us from reaching our aims.
19.As far as we know, it took him more than a year to write the book.
20.It has been proved that every substance, no matter what it is, is made up of atoms.
21.It has been decided that we are going to build a railway whose base must be completed within his year.
22.It is obvious (evident) that the succe of the innovation depends on our concerted efforts. 23.To be frank, whether you like it or not, you have no other choice.
24.It is natural that one may have trouble expreing complicated ideas in simple English.
25.What is more important, the agreement they have negotiated is being carried out.
26.We will be succeful as long as we persevere.
27.Frankly speaking, what you call the truth may not apply to things happening here.
28.It is true that we must redouble our efforts; otherwise we cannot catch up with the developed countries.
29.I take it for granted that they will support this idea.
30.In a certain sense, a succeful scientist is a person who is never satisfied with what he has achieved.
31.The oceans do not so much divide the world as unite it.
32.There is no denying the fact that the new management method has greatly increased the production.
33.There is no denying the fact that the new management method has greatly increased the production.
34.Upon hearing the unexpected news, he was so surprised that he couldnt utter a word.
35.As the saying goes, nothing in the world is difficult for one who sets his mind to it.
36.Our goal must be attained.Our goal can unquestionably be attained.
37.Noting can prevent us from realizing the four modernizations.
38.Now in China, more and more families can afford to buy high-grade goods, such as washing machines, TV sets, video orders.
39.No matter how difficult English may be, you should do your best to learn it. 40.It can be said that without knowledge of science and technology, it is impoible to build socialist modernizations
英语写作中典型的病句实例逐一加以剖析．
一． 不一致（Disagreements）
所谓不一致不光指主谓不一致，它还包括了数的不一致 时态不一致及代词不一 致等． 例１． When one have money ,he can do what he want to .(人一旦有了钱，他就能想干什么就干什么．) 剖析：one是单数第三人称，因而本句的have应改为has ;同理，want应改为wants.本句是典型的主谓不一致．
改为： Once one has money ,he can do what he wants (to do)
二． 修饰语错位（Misplaced Modifiers）
英语与汉语不同，同一个修饰语置于句子不同的位置，句子的含义可能引起变化．对于这一点中国学生往往没有引起足够的重视，因而造成了不必要的误解．例１． I believe I can do it well and I will better know the world outside the campus. 剖析：better位置不当，应置于句末．
三． 句子不完整（Sentence Fragments）
在口语中，交际双方可借助手势语气上下文等，不完整的句子完全可以被理解．可是书面语就不同了，句子结构不完整会令意思表达不清，这种情况常常发生在主句写完以后，笔者又想加些补充说明时发生． 例１． There are many ways to know the society.For example by TV ,radio ,newspaper and so on . 剖析：本句后半部分＂for example by TV ,radio ,newspaper and so on .”不是一个完整的句子，仅为一些不连贯的词语，不能独立成句．
改为：There are many ways to know society ,for example ,by TV ,radio ,and newspaper. 四． 悬垂修饰语（Dangling Modifiers）
所谓悬垂修饰语是指句首的短语与后面句子的逻辑关系混乱不清．例如：At the age of ten, my grandfather died.这句中＂at the age of ten＂只点出十岁时，但没有说明” 谁”十岁时．按一般推理不可能是my grandfather, 如果我们把这个悬垂修饰语改明确一点，全句就不那么费解了． 改为：
When I was ten, my grandfather died.例１． To do well in college, good grades are eential.剖析：句中不定式短语 “to do well in college” 的逻辑主语不清楚． 改为：
To do well in college, a student needs good grades.
五． 词性误用(Misuse of Parts of Speech) “词性误用”常表现为：介词当动词用；形容词当副词用；名词当动词用等． 例１． None can negative the importance of money.剖析：negative 系形容词，误作动词。 改为：
None can deny the importance of money.
六． 指代不清(Ambiguous Reference of Pronouns) 指代不清主要讲的是代词与被指代的人或物关系不清，或者先后所用的代词不一致。试看下面这一句： Mary was friendly to my sister because she wanted her to be her bridesmaid.(玛丽和我姐姐很要好，因为她要她做她的伴娘。) 读完上面这一句话，读者无法明确地判断两位姑娘中谁将结婚，谁将当伴娘。如果我们把易于引起误解的代词的所指对象加以明确，意思就一目了然了。这个句子可改为：
Mary was friendly to my sister because she wanted my sister to be her bridesmaid.例1.And we can also know the society by serving it yourself. 剖析：句中人称代词we 和反身代词yourself指代不一致。改为： We can also know society by serving it ourselves.
七． 不间断句子(Run-on Sentences) 什么叫run-on sentence?请看下面的例句。
例１． There are many ways we get to know the outside world.
剖析：这个句子包含了两层完整的意思：“There are many ways.” 以及“We get to know the outside world.”。简单地把它们连在一起就不妥当了。 改为：
There are many ways for us to learn about the outside world.或：
There are many ways through which we can become acquainted with the outside world
八． 措词毛病(Troubles in Diction) Diction 是指在特定的句子中如何适当地选用词语的问题，囿于教学时间紧迫，教师平时在这方面花的时间往往极其有限，影响了学生在写作中没有养成良好的推敲，斟酌的习惯。他们往往随心所欲，拿来就用。所以作文中用词不当的错误比比皆是。
例１． The increasing use of chemical obstacles in agriculture also makes pollution.(农业方面化学物质使用的不断增加也造成了污染。) 剖析：显然，考生把obstacles“障碍”，“障碍物”误作substance“物质”了。另外“the increasing use (不断增加的使用)” 应改为“abusive use (滥用)”。 改为：
The abusive use of chemical substances in agriculture also causes/leads to pollution.
九． 累赘(Redundancy) 言以简洁为贵。写句子没有一个多余的词；写段落没有一个无必要的句子。能用单词的不用词组；能用词组的不用从句或句子。如：
In spite of the fact that he is lazy, I like him.本句的“the fact that he is lazy”系同谓语从句，我们按照上述“能用词组的不用从句”可以改为：In spite of his lazine, I like him.例１． For the people who are diligent and kind, money is just the thing to be used to buy the thing they need. 剖析：整个句子可以大大简化。
改为：
Diligent, caring people use money only to buy what they need.
十． 不连贯(Incoherence) 不连贯是指一个句子前言不对后语，或是结构上不畅通。这也是考生常犯的毛病。 例１． The fresh water, it is the most important things of the earth. 剖析：The fresh water 与逗号后的it 不连贯。It 与things 在数方面不一致。 改为：
Fresh water is the most important thing in the world.
十一． 综合性语言错误(Comprehensive Misusage) 所谓“综合性语言错误”，是指除了上述十种错误以外，还有诸如时态，语态，标点符号，大小写等方面的错误。
例1．Today, Money to everybody is very importance, our’s eat, cloth, live, go etc
写作绝招一（如何写好开头和结尾）
一 开头万能公式：
1． 开头万能公式一：
名人名言有人问了，“我没有记住名言，怎么办？尤其是英语名言？”，很好办：编！原理：我们看到的东西很多都是创造出来的，包括我们欣赏的文章也是，所以尽管编，但是一定要听起来很有道理呦！而且没准将来我们就是名人呢！对吧？经典句型：A proverb says, “ You are only young once.” （适用于已记住的名言）It goes without saying that we cannot be young forever.（适用于自编名言）更多经典句型：As everyone knows, No one can deny that…
2。开头万能公式二：
数字统计原理：要想更有说服力，就应该用实际的数字来说明。原则上在议论文当中不应该出现虚假数字的，可是在考试的时候哪管那三七二十一，但编无妨，只要我有东西写就万事大吉了。所以不妨试用下面的句型：According to a recent survey, about 78.9% of the college students wanted to further their study after their graduation.看起来这个数字文邹邹的，其实都是编造出来的，下面随便几个题目我们都可以这样编造： Honesty 根据最近的一项统计调查显示，大学生向老师请假的理由当中78%都是假的。 Travel by Bike 根据最近的一项统计调查显示，85%的人在近距离旅行的时候首选的交通工具是自行车。 Youth 根据最近的一项统计调查显示，在某个大学，学生的课余时间的70%都是在休闲娱乐。 Five-day Work Week Better than Six-day Work? 根据最近的一项统计调查显示，98%的人同意每周五天工作日。 更多句型：A recent statistics shows that …
二 结尾万能公式：
1． 结尾万能公式一：如此结论
说完了，毕竟要归纳一番，相信各位都有这样的经历，领导长篇大论，到最后终于冒出个“总而言之”之类的话，我们马上停止开小差，等待领导说结束语。也就是说，开头很好，也必然要有一个精彩的结尾，让读者眼前一亮，这样，你就可以拿高分了！比如下面的例子：
Obviously（此为过渡短语）, we can draw the conclusion that good manners arise from politene and respect for others.如果读者很难“显而见之”，但说无妨，就当读者的眼光太浅罢了！ 更多过渡短语：
to sum up, in conclusion, in brief, on account of this, thus 更多句型：
Thus, it can be concluded that…, Therefore, we can find that…
几年的英语写作基础试卷在考查内容和试题类型上改动不大，保持了命题的连贯性。考查内容包括三大部分：句子的组成、段落的写作、应用文写作。题型有重写句子、改写病句、识别主题句、重新组合段落、识别与段落内容无关的句子、写信六种。本文将按题型顺序对二ＯＯＯ年试题的考核知识点与解题思路进行分析和探讨，同时，也将对考生答题中的典型错误作一剖析，希望能有益于准备参加今年考试的同学。
第一大题 重写句子（本大题共10小题，每小题1.5分，共15分）
Rewrite each of the following sentences according to the requirement.
一，考核知识点：考查loose sentence 与periodic sentence之间的转换。
●试题：
2.I felt like taking a walk after watching the sunset.(periodic sentence)
3.While they were waiting in line for the concert tickets, the rain stopped.(loose sentence)
●答案：
2.After watching the sunset, I felt like taking a walk.
3.The rain stopped while they were waiting in line for the concert tickets.
●解题关键：
（１） 明确两种句型的特点：就语义结构而论，periodic sentence（掉尾句）中主要信息在后，次要信息在前，使句子的重心置于句尾，旨在造成悬念，引人入胜；而loose sentence（松散句）则正相反，将句义重心放在句首，使主要信息一目了然。就语法结构而言，periodic sentence（掉尾句）将句子成分中的修饰部分放在主要成分（一般为主谓结构）之前；而loose sentence（松散句）则反之。 （２） 第二题原句主要信息为 I felt like taking a walk，放在次要信息After watching the sunset之前，原句是loose sentence（松散句）,变换句型只要将主次信息换位即可。第三题原句的主要信息为the rain stopped，次要信息为while they were waiting in line for the concert tickets，原句是periodic sentence（掉尾句）,变换成loose sentence（松散句）,需主次信息换位。
二，考核知识点：考查将两个独立短句合并成一个simple sentence的能力。
●试题：
5.The letter is from my foreign friend.The letter arrived today.(simple sentence)
9.My roommate was waiting for me at the door.He had a book in his hand.(simple sentence)
●答案：
5.The letter from my foreign friend arrived today.
9.My roommate with a book in his hand was waiting for me at the door.
●解题关键：
（1） 明确simple sentence（简单句）的构成：simple sentence（简单句）包含一个主语+谓语动词（S+V）的结构。
（2） 将两个短句的共同主语作为合并后的simple sentence（简单句）的主语，并将其中包含主要信息的短句的谓语动词确立为simple sentence（简单句）的谓语动词，另一短句转化为修饰成分。
（3） 第5题原句中第一个短句为次要信息，介词短语from my foreign friend可作为修饰成分。第9题原句中，第一个短句包含主要信息，其谓语动词was waiting可作为合并后的simple sentence（简单句）的谓语动词，第二个短句He had a book in his hand,可转化为with引导的介词短语结构，作修饰成分。
●考生典型答题错误分析
（错误）The letter which arrived today is from my foreign friend. （分析）错误有二：
一、未将原句中包含主要信息的短句的谓语动词arrived作为合并后的simple sentence（简单句）的谓语动词；
二、含有定语从句的句子不是simple sentence（简单句），而是complex sentence（复合句）。
（错误）The letter arrived today is from my foreign friend.
（分析）这是一个病句，句中出现两个没有合适方式连接的谓语动词，根本不符合语法规则。
（错误）My roommate, who had a book in his hand, was waiting for me at the door.
（分析）此句中who had a book in his hand是定语从句，而simple sentence（简单句）中不能含有从句。
三，考核知识点：考查独立短句与compound sentence之间的转换
●试题：
1.Jerry is a good student.He studies hard and grasps concepts well.(compound sentence)
6.We could take a taxi.We could walk to the restaurant.(compound sentence)
10.I needed butter to make the cookie better.I couldn’t find any.I used vegetable oil instead.(compound sentence)
●答案：
1.Jerry is a good student, for he studies hard and grasps concepts well.
6.We could take a taxi or we could walk to the restaurant.
10.I needed butter to make the cookie better, but I couldn’t find any, so I used vegetable oil instead.
●解题关键：
（1） 明确compound sentence（并列句）的特点：compound sentence（并列句）是由并列连词或特定的标点符号将意义相关、结构完整的两个或两个以上的simple sentence（简单句）连接起来构成的。 （2） 理顺独立短句间逻辑关系：是承递、转折、选择、还是因果？确定好后在并列连接词and, nor, but, yet, or, for, so之中选一个出来连接各分句。
（3） 第1题中，两分句间的关系为前因后果，所以选择for引出解释原因的分句。第6题中，两分句为选择关系，可用or连接。第10题较为复杂，前两个分句是转折关系，可用but或yet连接；它们又与第三个分句形成前因后果的关系，所以选择so引出结果。
●考生典型答题错误分析
（错误）Jerry is a good student for he studies hard and grasps concepts well.
（分析）用for引导表示原因的分句时，它前面一定要用comma（逗号）。
（错误）For Jerry is a good student, he studies hard and grasps concepts well.
（分析）除了因果关系不妥外，for的位置也不正确。用for连接两个简单句时，前句表示结果或结论，后句说明产生前述结果的原因，所以for只能出现在后句中。
（错误）We could take a taxi or walk to the restaurant.
（分析）此句仍是一个simple sentence（简单句）而不是compound sentence（并列句），compound sentence（并列句）必须包含两个或两个以上的simple sentence（简单句）
四，考核知识点：考查compound sentence与complex sentence之间的转换
●试题：
4.The tape recorder was not working right, so I returned it to the store.(complex sentence)
●答案：
4.Because the tape recorder was not working right, I returned it to the store.
●解题关键： （1） 了解complex sentence（复合句）的构成：complex sentence（复合句）包含一个主句及一个或多个从句。从句分为名词性从句、形容词性从句和副词性从句。
（2） 第4题原句是compound sentence（并列句），两个分句为因果关系，要把compound sentence（并列句）重写成complex sentence（复合句）时，只需将第一个分句改为由从属连接词because引导的原因状语从句即可。
●考生典型答题错误分析
（错误）I returned the tape recorder to the store, for it was not working right.
（分析）for虽然也可引导表示原因的分句，但它是并列连接词，用在compound sentence（并列句）中，这点与because、as、since等引导原因状语从句的从属连接词不同。
五，考核知识点：考查对compound-complex sentence的掌握和运用。
●试题：
7.If you want me to clean your windows, please give me a week’s notice.I am very busy this month.(compound-complex sentence)
●答案：
7.If you want me to clean your windows, please give me a week’s notice, for I am very busy this month.
●解题关键：
（1） 了解compound-complex sentence（并列复合句）的构成：顾名思义，compound-complex sentence（并列复合句）是由复合句并列而形成的。具体地说，compound-complex sentence（并列复合句）可以是一个简单句与一个主从复合句用并列连接词连接起来的，也可以是两个主从复合句的并列。
（2） 第7题原句中的第一个句子是含有条件状语从句的主从复合句，第一句与第二句是前因后果的关系，将两句话用并列连接词for连接起来，即可合并为一个compound - complex sentence（并列复合句）。
●考生典型答题错误分析 （错误）Please give me a week’s notice if you want me to clean your windows, because I am very busy this month.
（分析）此句仍是complex sentence（复合句），因为because为从属连接词。在表示原因的连接词中，只有for是并列连接词，用于连接两个具有并列关系的分句。阅卷中发现，相当多的考生没有掌握好连接词for的用法。
六，考核知识点：考查对parallel structure概念的掌握和运用
●试题：
8.Minnie bought a ticket to the play.She went out for dinner.She arrived at the theater by 8:00.(parallel structure)
●答案：
8.Minnie bought a ticket to the play, went out for dinner, and arrived at the theater by 8:00.
●解题关键：
（1） 明确parallel structure（平行结构）的特点：parallel structure（平行结构）是把两个或两个以上意思并列的成分用同等的语法形式表示出来。平行的结构可以是单词、词组、从句，也可以是句子。
（2） 第8题原有的三个短句中，主语均为Minnie，谓语动词bought、went out、及arrived是意思并列的成分，可以成为平行结构。
●考生典型答题错误分析
（错误）Minnie bought a ticket to the play, arrived at the theater by 8:00,and went out for dinner.
（分析）Minnie买票、外出吃饭、到达剧院是按照时间顺序先后发生的，次序不能随意更改。
（错误）Minnie bought a ticket to the play, went out for dinner, then arrived at the theater by 8:00. （分析）then不是并列连接词，不能取代and。
上一讲，我们对第一种题型\"重写句子\"的考核知识点与解题思路进行了分析和探讨，并对考生答题中的典型错误作了剖析。本讲我们将研究第二种题型\"改写病句\"，病句中的一些语病在中国学生的英文写作中十分常见，值得认真推敲
语写作基础考试题型：《英语写作基础自学考试大纲》的规定“本课程试卷采用的题型主要包括：判断题、改错题、改写题、概要写作、应用文写作等”。判断题、改错题、改写题等主要考核应考生对句子(The Sentence)和段落(The Paragraph)基本知识点如改写句子包括改写掉尾句(periodic sentence)、平行结构(parallel structure)等和判断主题句(topic sentence)等掌握情况；例如：
Ⅰ.Revise the following sentences according to the requirement 1.The plan began to shake noticeably as soon as it lifted off the runway.(periodic sentence) 2.James Joyce\'s Ulyes,a long and complicated novel and which is on our reading list,has been banned by the school board.(parallel structure) Ⅱ.Read the following paragraph carefully and select the best topic sentence from the four poible answers that follow the paragraph.Topic sentence:
.Actually,this idea is far from the truth.The Aborigines have been able to survive for centuries in the harsh environment of the desert because their minds are highly trained in the knowledge of food sources.Since they have no means of storing food,their entire attention must be directed toward their daily search for food.From the youngest child to the oldest member of the tribe,food gathering is the top priority.The Aborigines poe a profound understanding of the life around them.a.In the earliest years,children are taught when foods ripen,where foods are to be found,when animals sleep for months and produce,and where water is likely to be found.b.The Aboriginse\'in－depth knowledge of the environment around them.c.The interior of Australia is arid and inhospitable to human beings.d.Many observers have mistakenly thought that the aborigines,with so few tools.
must have a lower intelligence than other races.概要写作和应用文写作则不仅要求应考生掌握写概要的基本要领及应用文写作的技巧，同时要求他们将写句子和段落的技巧融合在应用文写作之中，最终写出格式正确、用词得当、表达得体的应用文来。概要(Precis)写作主要是先给出一篇文章，然后给出写概要的指令，如“Read the following paage and write a precis in one paragraph of about 100words.Try to write in your own words as far as poible.”应用文(Practical Writing)写作由三部分组成：便条(Note)、信函(Letter)和个人简历(Resume)。它们写作的形式必须根据要求写出或是某种便条，或是某种信函，或是个人简历。如下面是一则未能赴约而表示歉意的便条写作指令：Write a note of apology about 70－100 words to your friends according to the situation described: You have made an appointment with your friends to have lunch together.But for some reasons you cannot keep the appointment.Please state your reasons and expre your regret for breaking the appointment.You could also expre your hope for the gathering.再如：下面是一则打算上大学继续深造的申请信写作指令：You are planning to further your studies in a college or university.Write an application to that institution.In your letter,provide the neceary information about yourself,tell them your want to study math and find out about the poibility of receiving financial support.(150－200) 从上述的几种题型中，尤其是后三种，我们可以发现，无论是概要、便条还是信函等写作都是一种根据所提供信息的短文写作把这些已知信息写成一篇具有连贯性的概要、便条、信函或个人简历。换言之，就是考核应考生的基本写作能
第18篇：英语常用句型
第三章 英语常用句型大全
第一节 不定式结构
1.ask sb to do sth 叫某人去做某事 2.ask sb not to do sth 叫某人不要去做某事 3.be afraid to do sth 恐惧，害怕做某事 4.be ashamed to do sth羞于做某事 5.be friendly to sb 对某人好 6.be glad to do sth高兴，乐意做某事 7.be happy to do sth 高兴，快乐做某事 8.be helpful to sb 对某人有好处
9.be sorry to do sth 对做某事而感到对不起 10.be supposed to do sth 被要求去做什么 11.be terrified to do sth 害怕做某事 12.be(feel) afraid to do sth 害怕做某事 13.begin to do sth = start to do sth 开始做某事 14.bother sb to do sth 打扰某人做某事 15.take sb to sp 把某人带到某地 16.decide to do sth 决定做某事
17.Don\'t forget to do sth 不要忘了做某事 18.except to do sth 期待做某事
19.find it +adj+to do sth 发现....做某事 20.think it +adj+to do sth 认为....做某事 21.fit to sb= be fit for sb 适合某人 22.give sth to sb 把某物给某人 23.go on to do sth 继续去做另外一件事 24.It\'s good way to do sth 这是做某事的好方法 25.hate to do sth 讨厌做某事 26.have been to sp 曾今去过某地 27.have gone to sp 已经去了某地
1
28.have sth to do 有什么事情要做 29.hope to do sth 希望做某事
30.introduce sb to sb 介绍某人给某人认识 31.invite sb to do sth 邀请某人做某事
32.It takes sb +一段时间+to do sth 花多久时间做某事 33.It\'s +adj+ to do sth 做某事怎么样
34.It\'s a good idea for sb to do sth 对某人来说去做某事是个好主意 35.learn to do sth学着去做某事
36.make a decision to do sth 下定决心做某事 37.want to do sth 想要做某事 38.need to do sth 需要去干某事 39.offer sth to sb 给某人提供某物 40.pretend to do sth 装着去做某事 41.take sth to sb 带某物给某人 42.like to do sth 喜欢做某事 43.show sth to do把某物拿给某人看
44.encourage sb to do sth 鼓励某人去做某事 45.warn sb to do sth 告诫某人做某事 46.be used to do sth 被用来做某事 47.It\'s best to do sth最好去看某事 48.stop to do sth 停下来去做某事
49.Have nothing to do with 与做某事不相干 50.be allowed to do 被容许做某事 51.forget to do sth 忘记做过某事 52.would like to do sth 想要做某事 53.prefer sth to sth 喜欢某物胜过某物
54.Prefer to do sth rather than do 喜欢做某事胜过做某事 55.Say hello to sb向某人问好
56.It\'s time to do sth 是做某事的时间到了 57.trouble sb to do sth 麻烦某人某事
2
58.tell sb to do sth 叫某人做某事 59.need to do sth 需要干某事
60.It\'s a good place to do sth 它是做某事的好地方 第二节 动原结构
1.Would you please do sth 请你做某事
2.can do sth 能够做某事 may ,must,could,might,would,should,shall 3.be going to do sth 打算，将去做某事 4.need do sth 必须干某事 5.had better do sth 最好干某事 6.have to do sth不得不去做某事 7.let sb do sth 让某人做某事 8.make sb do sth 使得某人做某事 9.have sb do sth让某人做某事 10.Why not do sth为什么不去做某事
11.Why don\'t you do sth 你为什么不去做某事
12.句子里面有do,does,don\'t,does\'t did,didn\'t ,后面动词+do sth 13.prefer to do sth rather than do sth 喜欢做某事而不去做某事 14.would rather do sth than do sth 宁愿而不 15.used to do sth 过去常常做某事
16.do nothing but do sth 除了做sth 不能做任何其它事情 17.help sb do sth 帮助某人做某事
18.Feel,listen,look,see,hear,notice,wacth+do sth 19.please do sth 请做某事
20.情态动词（can,may,must,will,ought.to ,might,could,dare to )+动原（do sth) 第三节
动词ing 句型
1.feel like doing sth 想要做某事 2.stop.....from doing sth 阻止。。做某事 3.practice do ing sth 练习做某事 4.against doing sth 反对做某事 5.enjoy doing sth 喜欢做某事
3
6.finish doing sth 结束做某事
7.keep on doing sth \\carry on doing sth \\go on doing sth 继续做某事 8.prefer doing sth to doing sth喜欢做这件比喜欢做那件事情 9.be busy doing sth \\be busy whith sth 忙于做某事 10.spend ....(in) doing sth 花费时间做某事 11.spend......(on) doing sth 花费金钱做某事
be+doing 现在正在进行时、现在进行表将来（go，arrive，come ，take (take off) ，start，stay，return ）
12.be angry with sb for doing sth为某人而作的某个事情生气 13.be good at doing sth\\do well in doing sth 在某方面擅长 14.be strict in doing sth 严与做某事 15.be sure of doing sth 对做某事有信心 16.be terrified of doing sth 害怕做某事 17.be worth doing sth 值得做什么 18.consider doing sth 考虑 做某事 19.mind doing sth 介意做某事 20.end up doing sth 结束做某事 21.have been +doing 现在完成进行时 22.have fun doing sth 开心做某事
23.have trouble (problem) in doing sth 在某方面有问题或者麻烦 24.how about doing sth =what about doing sth 做....事情怎么样 25.thanks for doing sth 感谢你为我做什么 26.admit doing sth 承认做某事 27.appreciate doing sth 感激做什么 28.avoid doing sth 避免做某事 29.complete doing sth 完成某事 30.delay doing sth 耽误做某事 31.deny doing sth 否认做过某事 32.detest doing sth 讨厌做某事 33.endure doing sth 忍受什么
leave (leave for)
34.escape \\fancy\\imagine\\ doing sth 逃脱、想象 35.mi\\postpone\\recall doing sth 想念，推迟，会议 36.resume\\resist\\rist doing sth继续，抵抗，冒险 37.suggest doing sth 建议做某事 38.face doing sth 面对某事 39.include doing sth 包括什么 40.stand doing sth 忍受某事 41.understand doing sth 理解某事 42.forgive doing sth 宽恕做什么 43.admit doing sth承认某事 44.lead to doing sth引导、指引某事 45.devote oneself to doing sth 献身于某事 46.abject to doing sth反对做某事 47.stick to doing sth坚持做某事 48.It\'s no good doing sth 做什么不好 49.It\'s no use doing sth做什么没用 50.be fond of doing sth喜欢做什么 51.look forward to doing sth盼望做某事 52.be pround of doing sth 为某事感到骄傲 53.can\'t help doing sth忍不住做某事 54.be tired of doing sth 做某事感到疲惫 55.be capable of doing sth有能力做某事 56.be afraid of doing sth 害怕做某事 57.think of doing sth 考虑做某事 58.burst out doing sth突然发生某事 59.be insist on doing sth坚持做某事 60.count on doing sth依靠，指望做某事 61.set about doing sth着手干某事 62.put off doing sth推迟某事 63.give up doing sth放弃做某事
5
64.be succeful in doing sth在某方面成功
65.see\\watch\\notice\\look at\\hear\\listen to \\smell\\taste \\feel+doing sth 66.like doing sth喜欢做某事 67.stop doing sth停止手中做的事情 68.remember doing sth记起做过的事情 69.forget doing sth 忘记做过某事 70.regret doing sth对做过的事情感到后悔 71.instead of doing sth 代替某事 72.be slow in doing sth 做某事慢 73.take turns doing sth轮流做某事 74.be famous for doing sth由做某事而著名 75.be confident of doing sth对做某事有信心
76.make a countribution to doing sth 在..方面做贡献 77.There is |are sb doing sth.这里有某人正在干什么
第19篇：英语常见句型
有时候会觉得特别简单，但是有时候又会觉得这两种do和doing是英语语法中最常见的句型，
句型又特别的不容易记忆，尤其是对于初学者来说特别容易搞混。第一次正确的记忆特别的重要，而且记住以后要常常用，这样就不容易忘记。其实还有一种简单的方法就是找一个良好的英语环境，大家都会聊天，但是大家聊天的时候都没有想中文的语法，是因为我们天天都在讲中文，我们有一个学习中文的环境，如果我们天天都讲英文的话，常用英语语法和英语常见句型学习就不是问题了。
下面跟大家一起来学习常见句型try doing/to do：
try to do 努力，企图做某事，try doing 试验，试着做某事。例如：
You must try to be more careful.你可要多加小心。
I tried gardening but didn\'t succeed.我试着种果木花卉，但未成功。
英语语法学习就是一个慢慢积累的过程，学习英语不光是要学习语法而且要注重英语的听力和口语，这两方面也是很重要的。
第20篇：会展英语句型
会展英语常用句型 Useful Drills
一、展位预订基本应对
1.I’d like to sign up.我想报名。
2.I may register you on the phone.我可以帮您在电话里注册。
3.I would suggest you make a reservation with your credit card now, otherwise we can’t guarantee your booth.我建议您现在就用信用卡预订，否则我们无法保证您的摊位。 4.Let me confirm your reservation.我再确认一下您的预订。
5.I need you to answer some questions to make the reservation.为了帮您预订，我需要您回答我几个问题。
6.May I know your name/phone number/email/company name? 请问您的姓名/电话号码/电子邮箱/公司名称？
7.Your booth number is… 您的展位号码是… 8.Thank you for calling us.感谢您的来电。
9.We’ll send you a letter of confirmation by email/by fax within 5 working days.我们在5个工作日内会给您电邮/传真一份预订确认书。
二、询问客人对展位的偏好
1.Which one would you like? 您喜欢哪一种摊位？ 2.Let me check it for you.我帮您查一查。
3.Do you have any corner booth? 你们有角落摊位吗？
4.Do you have any raw space in the center? 你们有（展区）中心的光地吗？ 5.Do you have any end-cap booth? 你们有三面开口的摊位吗？ 6.An in-line booth will be fine.我要一个道边摊位就行了。 7.May I know the location? 我能不能知道（摊位的）位置？
8.We’ll send you a layout of the exhibition hall, and mark the available booth on it.我们可以给您发一份展厅的布局图，并且把可预订的摊位标出来。
三、当客人想要的展位预定已满
1.I’m afraid all…booths have been booked up.Will…be alright? 恐怕所有的…摊位都已经被订满了。…的摊位怎么样？
2.I’m afraid we’re fully booked.恐怕我们已经预订满了。
3.We still have some…booths available.我们还有一些…摊位。
四、取消展位
1.Cancellation will only be accepted in writing before the stipulated deadline.取消展位必须于截至日期前以书面形式提出。
2.All cancelled orders will be subject to a 30% cancellation charge.所取消的申请需缴付30%作取消手续费用。
3.A written notification by the exhibitor is demanded for cancellation of exhibition space.参展企业若取消参展或削减展出面积，应以出面形式通知（主办单位）。
4.Only cancellation and refund requests made in writing will be accepted.取消参展与申请退款必须以书面形式提出。
5.All refunds will be proceed after the event/exhibition.所有退款需在本次活动/展览结束之后方能办理。
五、付款事项
1.How would you like to make payment? 您打算如何付款。 2.I’d like to pay by credit card/check.我想用信用卡/支票付款。 3.I’d like to transfer the money to your account.我想转账到你们的账户上。
4.Please send me a fax about your bank, account name and account number.请你们的开户行、账户名称和账号传真给我。
5.Which credit card would you like to use? 您想用哪种信用卡？ 6.Do you accept Great Wall Card? 你们接受长城卡吗？
7.We need a deposit of RMB 38,000.00.我们需要38000元人民币的订金。
8.Please pay the deposit within 15 days after submitting the contract.预定金请于递交参展合同后15日内付清。
9.The balance should be paid not later than Sept.1st, 2010.余款须于2010年9月1日前付清。
六、确认会场的需求信息
1.Do you have one convention room for 20 persons? 我想订一间可以容纳20个人的会议室，行吗？
2.What size of conference room do you have in mind? 您想要订多大的会议室？ 3.Just a minute, I’ll check the reservation record.请稍候，我查一下预订记录。
4.Which seating style would you prefer? 您想如何安排座位？/您的会议室要哪种布置格局？ 5.For claroom style, its capacity can be 200 persons.如果是课堂式格局，它可以容纳100人。 6.For cocktail reception style, it can only hold 100 persons.如果是鸡尾酒会的格局，它只能容纳100人。
7.It is equipped with wirele broadband/cable microphones/LCD projector/laptop connection/rostrum/… 它装备有无线宽带/有线麦克风/液晶投影机/手提接入/演讲台/…
8.If you need more audiovisual equipment, you may order from our event’s audiovisual vendor.如果您还需要其他的视听设备，可以从我们的活动视频服务商那里预订。
七、无法接受预订
1.I’m afraid we have no suitable convention rooms available.我们恐怕没有适合您的会议室了。
2.I’m sorry, but we are all fully booked for those days as it is the peak season.很抱歉，因为是旺季，那段时间的会议室都被订光了。
3.This is the busiest season.I’m very sorry, but could you call us again later this week? We may have some cancellations.现在是旺季，非常抱歉，不过能不能请您这个周末再打电话过来呢？可能会有人取消预订。
4.We hope we’ll have another opportunity of serving you.我们期待下次能为您效劳。
八、发出邀请
1.We have the pleasure to invite you to the 2nd…Convention, which will be held on May 2010 in Guangzhou by A Company.很荣幸邀请您参加由A公司于2010年5月在广州主办的第二届…会议。
2.Seats are limited.席位有限。
九、签到注册
1.Here is your delegate badge/meal voucher/cocktail ticket/convention bag… 这是您的胸章/餐劵/鸡尾酒会的票/会议袋…
2.When you leave the hotel after the conference, please give your room key to Ms.Li Ping in Room 315.会议结束后，请您在离开酒店前将房卡交给315房的李萍女士。
3.The delegate card is required for all our activities.所有活动都要求佩戴会议代表证才可以参加。
十、正式会议或活动的问号及介绍 1.I’d like to welcome everyone and thank you for coming.Our master of ceremonies for today is … 欢迎大家，感谢大家光临。今晚的主持是…
2.Good Evening and welcome to the …Banquet/Conference/Evening Party… 晚上好！欢迎大家光临…宴会/会议/晚会…
3.It is a distinct honor and pleasure to be your mistre/master of ceremonies for this prestigious event.我为担任这次盛典的主持而深感荣幸。
4.…thank you so much for taking time out of your schedule to join us tonight.…感谢您今晚在百忙之中抽空来参加我们的活动。 十
一、宣布会议或活动开始
1.It is a great pleasure for me to declare the opening of the conference/evening party/contest… 我很荣幸宣布会议/晚会/竞赛…开始。 2.So let’s get the party started! 好，让我们开始晚会吧！ 十
二、提醒听众
1.Ladies and Gentlemen, the convention will begin shortly.女士们、先生们，会议马上就要开始了。
2.Please find your seats and turn off or mute all cell phones for the duration of the evening.请大家找到自己的座位坐好，并将手机关闭或设置为静音状态。 十
三、介绍这次活动的主办方和贵宾
1.Ladies and Gentlemen, please join me in welcoming our distinguished guests for this evening.女士们、先生们，让我们欢迎今晚的嘉宾。
2.We are also honored to have many distinguished guests with us tonight.Please stand and be recognized when I read your name.我们今晚还有很多嘉宾到场。我念到名字的嘉宾请起立亮相。
十四、宣布活动结束
1.I now formally declare the conference/evening party/contest…closed.现在我正式宣布此次会议/晚会/竞赛…结束。
2.Thank you all for coming, and we look forward to seeing you next year.感谢大家的光临，我们期待明年再与大家见面。
